®
Bit Inspection Technical
Standard
Standard DS-1
®
VOLUME
FIFTH EDITION | AUGUST 2020
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Standard DS-1®
Volume 5
Bit Inspection
Technical Standard
(BITS)
Fifth Edition
August 2020
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
i
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Standard DS-1® Volume 5
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Fifth Edition
Shabib Kadri and Austin Wells, P.E.
Authors
Samit R. Gokhale and Sara Fahmi
Grant Pettit
Contributing Authors
Technical Contributor
Jennifer Mosher
Production Manager
Bureau Veritas wishes to acknowledge the leadership and foresight of Tom H. Hill
for conceptualizing Standard DS-1 and writing the First through Third Editions.
Bureau Veritas extends its deep appreciation to the Fifth Edition Sponsor Companies and to the individuals
named below, whose technical input contributed significantly to the value of the standard.
Fifth Edition Sponsor Companies
Arconic Corporation
Arnco Technology Trust, Ltd.
Baker Hughes
BHP
Chevron
Command Tubular Products
DP-Master Manufacturing
Halliburton
ICO Asiapacific Group
INPEX
Liquidmetal Coatings LLC
Nabors Industries Ltd.
National Oilwell Varco - Wellbore Technologies
New Tech Systems
Occidental Oil & Gas
OTTO FUCHS Drilling Solution GmbH
Postle Industries, Inc. (Durband® NC)
Quail Tools
Repsol E&P
Schlumberger
Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe Co., Ltd
Shell International Exploration & Production
Southern Tool Inspection (STI)
Superior Energy Services
Superior Inspection Services
Tianjin Lilin Machinery Group Co., Ltd
Washita Valley Enterprises, Inc.
Workstrings International
Reviewers and Contributors
Alessandro Bertini, Schlumberger
Amol Mulunjkar, Schlumberger
Anant Saraogi, Schlumberger
Andreas Choinka, OTTO FUCHS
Andrei Muradov, NOV Grant Prideco
Anthony Griffo, Schlumberger
Anthony Phillips, Baker Hughes
Austin J. Wells, Arnco
Bala Durairajan, Schlumberger
Benjamin Chartier, Schlumberger
Benjamin Latiolais, Workstrings International
Brad Millard, NOV Tuboscope
Buck Johnson, Chevron
Charlie Domingue, Quail Tools
Dan Morgan, NOV Grant Prideco
Daniel Hernandez, NOV Downhole
Daniel Seale, Shell
David Crose, Nabors Industries
David Oliver, Schlumberger
Dexter Trahan, Schlumberger
Ed Murphy, Command Tubular Products
Emily Watson, NOV Grant Prideco
Ethen “Poochie” Dupuis, Southern Tool Inspection
Evelina Vogli, Liquidmetal Coatings
Francesco Zezza, Schlumberger
Garry Becze, Command Tubular Products
Gary Portwood, Schlumberger
George Irsa, Schlumberger
Greg Jeffers, Nabors Industries
Greg Lockwood, NOV ReedHycalog
Guillaume Plessis, NOV Grant Prideco
Hans Navas, NOV Tuboscope
Hector Alba, Schlumberger
Hector Handal, NOV Grant Prideco
Howard Liu, Schlumberger
James Carriere, Superior Inspection Services
Jason Howell, NOV Grant Prideco
Jason Kody, Shell
Jeremy Dugas, Quail Tools
Jim Streater, NOV Downhole
Joe Diliberto, Quail Tools
Joe Thomas, BHP
John Chen, Schlumberger
John K. Snyder, Halliburton
John Price, NOV Grant Prideco
Joseph Guidry, Workstrings International
Josh Gatell, Schlumberger
Josh Morris-Luck, INPEX
Josiah Shearon, Schlumberger
Juan Veloz, Washita Valley
Justin Bryant, New Tech Systems
Justin Chatagnier, Schlumberger
Kamela Watson, Schlumberger
Krishnan Jagathrakshakan, Schlumberger
Larry Jones, Arnco
Li ZhaoXi, Tianjin Lilin Machinery
Lucien Hehn, NOV Grant Prideco
Lv Haiying, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe
Mark Anderson, Chevron
Mark Chustz, NOV Downhole
Mark Juckett, NOV Tuboscope
Michael Boucherit, Shell
Michael Strachan, Halliburton
Mike Huber, Postle Industries
Milton Grimes, BHP
Milton Hruschak, Command Tubular Products
Mitch Nobles, ICO Asiapacific
Murphy Luu, NOV ReedHycalog
Nathan Fuller, Schlumberger
Oswaldo Patino, Schlumberger
Paco McLaughlin, Arnco
Peter Kaufmann, OTTO FUCHS
Qiao Xiaotang, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe
Raza Hussain, NOV Grant Prideco
Richard Griffin, NOV Grant Prideco
Roman Brilyov, Shell
Ronnie Falgout, Quail Tools
Russell Moncrief, NOV Grant Prideco
Ryan Harper, Southern Tool Inspection
Salvatore Mangione, Command Tubular Products
Santosh Gupte, ICO Asiapacific
Sealy Morris, Command Tubular Products
Shabnam Meeran, Baker Hughes
Simone Pallesi, Schlumberger
Sneha Deshpande, Schlumberger
Spenser Holcomb, BHP
Stephen Chang, DP-Master
Stephen Slavens, Baker Hughes
Steve Laughlin, NOV Downhole
Steve Stefancic, Postle Industries
Steve Steinke, Schlumberger
Steven Villareal, Schlumberger
Steven Xia, Schlumberger
Stuart Barrowman, BHP
Sukhada Shantanu Saoji, Schlumberger
Veronica Fong, DP-Master
Walt Laflin, NOV Downhole
WD Averitt, New Tech Systems
Willie Nieves, Repsol
Zhao Haibing, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe
No endorsement of this standard or its content on the part of any reviewer or his or her company should be inferred.
Copyright ©2020. Bureau Veritas, all rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or scanned into any computer without prior
written consent of Bureau Veritas.
For additional information contact Bureau Veritas, 16800 Greenspoint Park Drive, Ste 300S, Houston, TX 77060 USA
Phone: (281) 671-5700
Email: ds1@bureauveritas.com
Web: www.bvna.com/ds1standards
ii
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table of Contents
Page
1. Introduction
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
History..................................................................................................................................................1
Bureau Veritas and T H Hill.................................................................................................................1
Coverage...............................................................................................................................................1
Sponsorship..........................................................................................................................................1
Copyright Notice..................................................................................................................................1
Content.................................................................................................................................................1
Assumptions.........................................................................................................................................2
Limitations...........................................................................................................................................2
Terms and Conditions for Use..............................................................................................................2
Proprietary Products.............................................................................................................................2
Proprietary Technology & License Agreement.....................................................................................2
Disclaimer of Liability..........................................................................................................................2
Responsibility for Compliance..............................................................................................................3
2. Specifying the Inspection Program
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
2.20
2.21
Scope and Definition............................................................................................................................5
Inspection of Equipment Using DS-1 BITS........................................................................................5
Inspection Programs.............................................................................................................................5
Conducting the Inspection Program Per DS-1 BITS...........................................................................5
Deviating from Procedural Requirements.............................................................................................5
Specifying Applicable Methods............................................................................................................5
Setting Acceptance Criteria..................................................................................................................6
Inspection Using Metric Units.............................................................................................................6
Essential Objectives of Inspection........................................................................................................6
Inspection Costs...................................................................................................................................7
Limitations of the Guidelines in this Standard.....................................................................................7
Definitions............................................................................................................................................7
Fitness for Purpose...............................................................................................................................7
Adjusting Acceptance Criteria..............................................................................................................7
Personnel Competency.........................................................................................................................7
Calibration Requirements.....................................................................................................................8
Meeting Requirements of Standard DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3, Category 3-5..............................9
The Inspection Procedure is Critical.....................................................................................................9
Procedure Affects Results.....................................................................................................................9
Frequently Asked Questions...............................................................................................................10
References...........................................................................................................................................11
3. Inspection Procedures
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
General Bit Inspection........................................................................................................................15
Bit Body 1 Inspection.........................................................................................................................21
Bit Body 2 Inspection.........................................................................................................................23
Cutter 1 Inspection.............................................................................................................................24
Cutter 2 Inspection.............................................................................................................................26
General Reamer Cutter Inspection.....................................................................................................27
Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection....................................................................................................31
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
iii
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table of Contents (continued)
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
Page
Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection....................................................................................................32
Roller Cone General Bit Inspection...................................................................................................32
Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection........................................................................................................36
Roller Cone Cutter Inspection............................................................................................................36
Visual Bit Connection Inspection ......................................................................................................37
Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection............................................................................................41
Blacklight Connection Inspection (MPI)...........................................................................................43
Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI).....................................................................................................44
Pressure Testing of Roller Cone Bits..................................................................................................46
Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits.......................................................................................................46
Inspection Tables..........................................................................................................................................49
Index..............................................................................................................................................................137
List of Tables
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.4.3
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.5
3.5.6
3.6.5
3.7.4.1
3.7.4.2
3.7.4.3
3.7.4.4
Recommended Inspection Programs for Bits........................................................................................6
Calibration Frequency...........................................................................................................................9
Conversion Factors for Inspection......................................................................................................12
Table of Fractions...............................................................................................................................13
Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit Body..........................................................................50
Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit Body.............................................................................65
Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body.............................................71
Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit Body..........................................................................74
Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit Body.............................................................................80
Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface..............................87
Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body..................................................................88
New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria................................................................89
Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria............................................................................................92
Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria..........................................................................................103
New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria................................................105
Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled Tooth Roller Cone.................................................................107
Ground Milled Tooth Gauge Surface Porosity Acceptance Criteria................................................107
Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria....................................................................108
Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria..............................................................110
Bit Bevel Diameter Ranges for API REG Connections...................................................................124
Bending Strength Ratios for BHA Connections..............................................................................125
Rotary Shouldered Connection Interchange List.............................................................................131
List of Figures
2.1
2.2
Probability of Detecting a Fatigue Crack..............................................................................................9
Crack Detection Probability for Various Levels of Procedure Control...............................................10
3.1.2.1 Bit Body Showing Locations of Blades, Cutters, and a Nozzle..........................................................15
3.1.2.2 Bit Body Showing Locations of Leading Side, Trailing Side, and Top of a Blade..............................16
iv
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Glossary........................................................................................................................................................133
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
List of Figures(continued)
Page
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.1.2.3 Bit Body Showing Gauge Pad, Junk Slot, Shank, and Breaker Slot....................................................16
3.1.2.4 Cutter Showing the Substrate and the Diamond Table......................................................................16
3.1.2.5 Blade with Cutter Featuring Non-Standard Diamond Table Geometry............................................17
3.1.2.6 Blade Showing Various Areas on the Blade........................................................................................17
3.1.2.7 Gauge Pads with Nominal, Straight-Relieved, Step, and Taper Designs............................................17
3.1.2.8 Bit Showing Wear Elements and the Bond Line................................................................................18
3.1.2.9 Bit Body Showing a Backreamer........................................................................................................18
3.1.3.1 Through-Bit Showing Various Parts of the Bit...................................................................................19
3.1.3.2 CWD Bit Showing Various Parts of the Bit.......................................................................................19
3.1.3.3 Diamond Bit Showing Various Parts of the Bit..................................................................................19
3.1.3.4 Bi-Center Bit Showing Various Parts of the Bit.................................................................................19
3.5.2.1 Recommended Identification for the Blades.......................................................................................26
3.5.2.2 Recommended Identification for the Cutters.....................................................................................27
3.6.3.1 Reamer Cutter Block..........................................................................................................................29
3.6.4.1 Rendering of Hinge-Type Reamer PDC Cutter Block......................................................................30
3.6.4.2 Roller Cone Reamer Arm & Hole Opener Arms with Milled Tooth and TCI Cutting Structures.....30
3.9.2.1 Cross-Sectional Drawing of Elements of Roller Cone Bit Leg..........................................................33
3.12.5.1 Locating Last Scratch on BHA Box Connection with SRF...............................................................38
3.12.5.2 Locating Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection with SRF...............................................................39
3.12.5.3 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Box Connection with SRF...................................................39
3.12.5.4 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection with SRF....................................................39
3.12.5.5 Identifying Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection without SRF.......................................................39
3.12.5.6 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection without SRF...............................................40
3.13.1.1 Bit Connection Dimensions...............................................................................................................41
3.13.4.1 Locating First Full Thread (1).............................................................................................................42
3.13.4.2 Locating First Full Thread (2).............................................................................................................42
3.13.4.3 Measuring Pin SRG Length...............................................................................................................42
v
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This page intentionally left blank.
vi
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Introduction
1.1
History
Since 1992, Standard DS-1 has worked to prevent drill
stem failures. Originally an industry-standard set of
inspection procedures for used drill pipe, the scope of the
standard and its acceptance in the industry has grown
dramatically through four previous editions.
During the time the Fourth Edition of Standard DS-1 was
in force, the DS-1 Sponsor group elected to address inspection of drilling bits as a supplementary volume. The DS-1
Bit Inspection Technical Standard (BITS) was published
in February of 2017 specifically for the inspection of bits.
In this Fifth Edition, the BITS standard is given a more
prominent place in the DS-1 lineup as Volume 5. The
coverage has also expanded to include roller cone bits and
the cutting structures on reamers.
This Fifth Edition of Standard DS-1 consists of six
Volumes:
• Volume 1 covers the manufacture of various drill
stem elements.
(Bureau Veritas North America, Inc). This step has enabled
expansion of the global footprint of Standard DS-1. It has
also provided access to an extensive network of engineering
support which helps to accelerate the technical content
development efforts.
1.3
Volume 5 of DS-1 covers the inspection procedures and
acceptance criteria for the qualification of new and used
drilling bits and reamer cutting structures by inspection
companies, service companies, or manufacturers.
1.4
• Volume 4 outlines a quality control structure for
the maintenance processes of specialty tools.
• Volume 5—this book—covers the inspection of
new and used bits for oilfield drilling.
• Volume 6 provides the inspection procedures and
acceptance criteria for used aluminum drill pipe.
1.2
Bureau Veritas and T H Hill
In March 2012, Bureau Veritas acquired T H Hill
Associates, Inc. With the acquisition, the process of
integrating T H Hill service lines and Standard DS-1
development work with Bureau Veritas’s service portfolio
was initiated. On September 1, 2016 the integration
process was advanced by merging T H Hill Associates
with Bureau Veritas’s North America operating company
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Sponsorship
Sponsorship of DS-1 is open to any company or institution
having an interest in the field. The sponsorship group includes oil and gas operating companies, drilling contractor
companies, rental companies, inspection companies, and oil
field service companies. Sponsorship fees are paid to Bureau
Veritas and are used to conduct research, to recommend
content, and to write, update, and maintain the standard.
For sponsorship information contact:
DS-1 Engineering
Bureau Veritas
16800 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 300S
Houston, Texas 77060 USA
(281) 671-5700 (phone)
ds1@bureauveritas.com (email)
• Volume 2 provides resources and calculations to
design and operate a drill string successfully.
• Volume 3 gives inspection procedural control and
acceptance criteria for generic components such as
drill pipe, drill collars, HWDP, subs, etc.
Coverage
1.5
Copyright Notice
This standard is copyrighted and is the property of Bureau
Veritas. Anyone who wishes to use this standard may
do so, but no part of the standard may be photocopied,
electronically duplicated, entered into a computer, or
otherwise reproduced without prior written permission
from Bureau Veritas.
1.6
Content
The content of this standard is determined by a committee of technical representatives from sponsor companies.
However, suggestions for improving this standard are
welcomed from any source. Suggested changes should be
sent to the address above.
1
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
1.7
Assumptions
This standard is written and published solely for the
convenience of the user. The data presented herein is based
on assumptions about material properties and operating
conditions which will not apply in all circumstances. Since
actual properties and conditions cannot be foreseen, each
user must first ascertain how local equipment or operating
conditions deviate from the assumptions herein, then
employ sound engineering and technical judgment in
deciding when to employ any part of this standard.
1.8
Limitations
This standard is not a training manual, nor should it be
used by untrained or inexperienced personnel, or people
who are not qualified in drilling engineering, threading
technology, inspection technology, quality assurance, or
applicable codes, standards, and procedures. This standard
is not intended to meet the duties of employers to properly
train and equip their employees in any of the above fields.
1.9
Terms and Conditions For Use
The terms and conditions stated in paragraphs 1.9 through
1.12 are the sole and exclusive terms and conditions by
which this Standard DS-1 is offered for sale or use, and
the purchase or use of this standard shall be deemed an
unconditional acceptance of these terms and conditions
by the user.
1.10
Proprietary Products
Users of this standard are advised that certain dimensions
and properties on proprietary products are listed in this
standard. These dimensions and properties have generally
been provided by the manufacturers of the products in
question, and are listed herein solely for the convenience
of users who may be using or contemplating the use of
such products. Bureau Veritas, its officers and directors,
the editorial committee members and their companies,
and the sponsor companies have not verified the serviceability of these products nor the reliability of the data
furnished, nor do they make any representation whatever
as to the accuracy of the data or reliability of the product.
Furthermore, a listing in this standard does not constitute
a license to manufacture any product. Such license can only
be obtained from the owner of the product in question.
Anyone contemplating manufacture of any product listed
herein is cautioned to verify that such manufacture will not
violate any right or patent of the holders of the proprietary
product in question.
1.11 Proprietary Technology &
License Agreement
The methods of calculating Curvature Index, Stability
Index, Reactive Torque, and Connection Fatigue Index
are and remain the exclusive property of Bureau Veritas.
The values given in this standard for Curvature Index,
Stability Index, Reactive Torque, and Connection Fatigue
Index are and remain the exclusive property of Bureau
Veritas. License is hereby granted to persons who purchase
and register this standard to use the values given herein
for Curvature Index, Stability Index, Reactive Torque,
and Connection Fatigue Index for the sole purpose of
designing drill strings or setting inspection intervals.
No person or organization may use these values, curves,
formulas, or methods of calculation for any other purpose,
including developing training material or training others
in drill string design or inspection. These values, curves,
and formulas may not be retyped, hand copied, redrawn,
scanned, photocopied, or employed in the production or
use of any computer program or software, except with the
prior written permission of Bureau Veritas.
1.12
Disclaimer of Liability
Bureau Veritas and the editorial committee have made
diligent, good faith efforts to obtain and compile the
information and to ensure the reliability and applicability
of the data presented in this standard. However, Bureau
Veritas, its officers and directors, the editorial committee
members and their companies, and the sponsor companies
make no guarantee, representation, claim, or warranty of
any kind as to the validity of engineering formulas used, or
the accuracy and completeness of any data presented herein.
Bureau Veritas, its officers and directors, the editorial
committee members and their companies, and the sponsor
companies hereby disclaim and shall not be liable for any
direct or consequential claims or damages, personal injury
or property damage, economic or other losses, out of pocket
2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Revisions and corrections of the DS-1 Standards are
published from time to time. Before using the standard,
be sure to contact us (see information above) or visit
www.bvna.com/ds1standards to make sure you have the
latest edition.
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
damages or lost profits, or violation of any letters patent,
relating to or resulting from use of this standard or use of
the procedures mentioned herein, and by using the standard, the user releases Bureau Veritas from any and all such
claims, liabilities, or damages of any kind. Bureau Veritas
expressly disclaims any and all express warranties of every
kind as well as any implied warranties of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose. Bureau Veritas shall
never be liable to any user for any act or omission unless
caused by gross negligence or intentional misconduct of
Bureau Veritas. The liability of Bureau Veritas shall in any
event be limited to the retail price at which this standard
is offered for sale.
1.13
Responsibility for Compliance
Responsibility for compliance to any requirement of this
standard can only be imposed by one user of this standard
upon another user, by agreement between the two parties.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
3
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
This page intentionally left blank.
4
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
2.1
Scope and Definition
The DS-1 Bit Inspection Technical Standard (BITS)
covers the inspection procedures and acceptance criteria
for the qualification of new and used bits, including the
bit bodies, connections, and cutters.
2.2 Inspection of Equipment Using
DS-1 BITS
For inspection of equipment using DS-1 BITS, the
customer is defined as the party on whose behalf the
inspection is being conducted. If the components are
being inspected for use in a well or wells, the customer
is the organization at risk in the event of a failure. If the
components are being inspected prior to returning them to
stock for future rental, the customer is the company owning
the components. In the first case, the customer will usually
be represented by the designer, who will be most familiar
with the loads and anticipated operating conditions, and
therefore best qualified to set the inspection program and
address issues that arise during inspection.
2.3
Inspection Programs
The inspection program is set by the customer and
performed by the inspection company, service company,
or manufacturer. An inspection program consists of three
elements:
2.3.1 Equipment List
The customer must provide a complete list of the equipment
to be inspected. The list must include the number of bits
and a complete and accurate description of each bit.
2.3.2 Methods to be Employed
The customer must provide precise guidelines on which of
the available inspection methods are to be used to inspect
each bit. This is accomplished by selecting a body inspection
method and a cutter inspection method as well as which
inspection methods are required for the connection (if
applicable). The customer may select any combination of
body inspection methods, cutter inspection methods, and
connection inspection methods.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
2.3.3 Acceptance Criteria in Effect
The customer must give the inspecting company precise
instructions about the attributes which must be met or
exceeded in an acceptable bit. This is done by specifying
which inspection methods need to be followed.
2.4 Conducting the Inspection
Program Per DS-1 BITS
Once the customer sets the inspection program, the
inspecting company is responsible for conducting it. In the
conduct of an inspection method, the inspecting company
is responsible for following the procedural requirements
outlined in DS-1 BITS. The inspecting company is
also responsible for making the customer aware of any
problems in achieving the desired acceptance criteria, and
for working with the customer to resolve these problems.
2.5 Deviating from Procedural
Requirements
The customer, having set the program in the first place,
is free to alter any aspect of the process he or she desires.
Customers are cautioned however, that deviating from
the procedures in DS-1 BITS may negatively impact the
quality of the inspection and of the accepted products. The
inspecting company may not deviate from any requirement
in DS-1 BITS without prior approval from the customer.
2.6
Specifying Applicable Methods
The customer may select any applicable set of methods from
Table 2.1. However, to simplify the customer’s choices and
at the same time allow him or her to tailor the inspection
program to the risks of the application, seven methods with
unique acceptance criteria are established. These methods
are described in more detail below.
2.6.1 Bit Body 1 Inspection
The Bit Body 1 Inspection method may be employed when
inspecting a used bit. This method may not be employed
when inspecting a new bit.
2.6.2 Bit Body 2 Inspection
The Bit Body 2 Inspection method is required when
inspecting a new bit. This method may also be employed
when inspecting a used bit. This is particularly desirable
in complicated or expensive drilling situations, such as for
offshore operations.
5
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2. Specifying the Inspection
Program
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
2.7
2.6.3 Cutter 1 Inspection
The Cutter 1 Inspection method may be employed when
inspecting a used bit. This method may not be employed
when inspecting a new bit.
Setting Acceptance Criteria
The acceptance criteria for each inspection method are
included within the inspection method.
2.6.4 Cutter 2 Inspection
The Cutter 2 Inspection method is required when
inspecting a new bit. This method may also be employed
when inspecting a used bit. This is particularly desirable
in complicated or expensive drilling situations, such as for
offshore operations.
2.8
Inspection Using Metric Units
If measuring instruments with U. S. customary units are not
available for use during inspection, measuring instruments
with metric units can be used provided the calibration,
standardization, and all other applicable requirements
are met. The dimensions obtained shall be converted to
the appropriate U. S. customary units using Table 2.3 to
determine acceptance of a component. The dimensional
requirements and tolerances for verification of inspection
apparatuses are also allowed to be measured using metric
units and converted to the appropriate U. S. customary
units. A reference table for conversion of fractions into
equivalent decimal numbers is provided as Table 2.4.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.6.5 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection
The Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection method may be
employed when inspecting a used reamer cutting structure.
This method may not be employed when inspecting a new
cutting structure.
2.6.6 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection
The Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection method is required
when inspecting a new reamer cutting structure. This
method may also be employed when inspecting a used
component. This is desirable in complex or expensive
drilling situations, such as for offshore operations.
2.9
Essential Objectives of Inspection
The technical details of bit inspection processes may seem
daunting to someone not familiar with the technology.
Thus, it’s very helpful to reduce the inspection to its
essential objective. In most cases, the objective is to remove
2.6.7 Roller Cone Inspection
The Roller Cone Inspection method is required for both
new and used roller cone bits.
Table 2.1 Recommended Inspection Programs for Bits
Service Category
Component
Level 1
Level 2
All Bits
(Fixed Cutter & Roller Cone)
Visual Bit Connection
Visual Bit Connection
Dimensional Bit Connection
Dimensional Bit Connection
Blacklight Connection
Blacklight Connection
General Bit
General Bit
Bit Body 1
Bit Body 2
Liquid Penetrant
Liquid Penetrant
Cutter 1
Cutter 2
Roller Cone General Bit
Roller Cone General Bit
Roller Cone
Roller Cone
General Reamer Cutter
General Reamer Cutter
Reamer Block & Arm 1
Reamer Block & Arm 2
Liquid Penetrant
Liquid Penetrant
Cutter 1 or Roller Cone (as applicable)
Cutter 2 or Roller Cone (as applicable)
Fixed Cutter Bits
Note 1
Roller Cone Bits
Reamer Cutting Structures
Note 1: Level 2 is required for all diamond bits.
6
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
components that have cracks and remove components that
are damaged and will not function as intended.
the acceptance criteria the inspector will use to accept or
reject each bit.
2.10
2.13
Inspection Costs
The inspection costs may not vary significantly between
different inspection methods, since all methods require
the same procedures to examine the bits. However,
the procurement cost of a bit that is acceptable per the
requirements in the Bit Body 2 Inspection method will
be higher than that of a bit that is acceptable per the
requirements in the Bit Body 1 Inspection method. This
same relationship exists between cutters qualified to the
Cutter 2 Inspection method versus the Cutter 1 Inspection
method.
2.11 Limitations of the Guidelines in
this Standard
Fitness for Purpose
Historically, bit inspections have been performed primarily
by the manufacturers, each with different procedures and
acceptance criteria. DS-1 BITS is intended to standardize
bit inspections so that manufacturers, service companies,
and inspection companies can effectively perform these
inspections. The inspection methods have been created
based upon collaboration between the DS-1 sponsor
group, bit manufacturing companies, and operators. Thus,
the inspection methods are established to be realistic
and effective to ensure that bits are properly inspected,
regardless of the party inspecting them.
2.14
Adjusting Acceptance Criteria
The inspection methods included in this standard cover
most drilling applications. However, the user is cautioned
that special material selection, inspection, and quality
assurance programs that are beyond the scope of this
standard may be required for very deep, very high pressure,
or sour wells.
Although it is not recommended, the customer may adjust
the acceptance criteria as he or she deems appropriate. The
inspection company cannot adjust the acceptance criteria
without explicit permission from the customer.
2.12
The training, skill, and knowledge of the people performing
the inspection work covered by this standard is a critical
factor in the likelihood of success. As such, every process
performed under the guidance of this standard shall be
performed by a competent individual.
Definitions
The following definitions apply throughout this standard.
Acceptance Criteria: A set of attributes, each of which
must be met or exceeded for an inspected bit to be
acceptable.
Customer: The entity on whose behalf the inspection is
being conducted.
Inspection: Examining a bit in accordance with the
requirements in DS-1 BITS to determine whether or not
a bit is acceptable based on which inspection methods are
employed.
Inspection Method: Different processes for inspection
that are included in DS-1 BITS.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Inspection Procedure: A set of written steps found in
DS-1 BITS that must be followed by the inspector. Each
inspection method includes an inspection procedure.
Inspection Program: A set of one or more inspection
methods applied to a specified amount of bits, and also
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
2.15
Personnel Competency
2.15.1 Competency Standard
The inspection company shall develop a written Competency
Standard, and a competent individual is someone who can
demonstrate competency according to the written standard.
The Competency Standard shall include:
• Skills: A list of skills that individuals will need for
a given inspection task.
• Training: A classroom training program that
imparts whatever knowledge is necessary for
performing every listed skill to the individual.
The training program shall document the training
provided to each individual as well as the results
of the testing provided to prove the individual has
been successfully trained in each skill.
• Experience: Work that must be done to practice
the skills needed under the supervision of a trainer
7
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
or instructor prior to the individual being certified
as competent.
• Assessment: Provision for the individual to prove
their ability to perform each skill. The assessment
of each individual shall be performed by an
assessor designated by the inspection company and
the results of the assessment documented.
2.15.2 Vision Requirements
As a part of the Competency Standard, every individual
performing inspection tasks in accordance with this
standard shall meet the following requirements for visual
acuity and color contrast:
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
• Near Vision Acuity: Inspectors shall demonstrate
the ability in at least one eye to read a minimum of
Jaeger Number 2 or equivalent type and size letter
at twelve inches or greater distance on a standard
Jaeger test chart. This test shall be given annually.
• Color Contrast: Inspectors shall demonstrate the
ability to distinguish and differentiate contrast
among colors used in the inspection methods
to be performed. This test shall be given at each
certification interval.
2.15.3 Qualification Certificates
Every person performing an inspection in accordance with
this standard shall be able to demonstrate competency in
the skills required according to the written Competency
Standard. Upon demonstrating this competency, the
inspection company shall create a Qualification Certificate
as a record that the individual has met the applicable
competency requirements. Each Qualification Certificate
shall include:
• The individual’s name
• The skill or skills for which the individual has
demonstrated competency
• The signature of the Assessor that assessed the
competency of the individual
• The date when the certificate was awarded
• The date of expiration of the certificate
2.15.4 Reassessment
A person must be reassessed for competency whenever any
of the following occurs:
• The skill has not been performed in over one year
• The person changes employers
• At a minimum, every 5 years
For individuals performing inspection tasks, the Near
Vision Acuity test described in 2.15.2 shall be given
annually, at a minimum.
2.15.5 Records
The inspection company shall maintain the following
records for all inspectors:
• Qualification Certificates as described in 2.15.3.
• Examination Records including examinations, grades,
and vision examinations.
The records for each inspector shall be maintained for the
duration of the inspector’s employment with the company.
2.15.6 Customer Access
The customer or its authorized representative shall have
access to the Competency Standard and all associated
records for audit purposes. However, the Competency
Standard is to be considered intellectual property and may
not be copied or removed from the premises. Copies of the
qualification certificates for each individual involved in
the inspection of a tool provided to the customer may be
retained by the customer or its authorized representative
if desired.
2.16
Calibration Requirements
Instruments that are used to measure important parameters
during inspection shall be calibrated using standards
traceable to the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST) or equivalent body. Unless otherwise
indicated in this standard, the calibration frequency for all
instruments shall be every six months.
The calibrated instrument shall have a tag or sticker affixed
to it that shows the latest calibration date and the company
and individual that performed the most recent calibration.
If the tag or sticker is not present, the instrument’s unique
identification number shall be traceable to proof-ofcalibration documents. The calibration of an instrument
must be verifiable at the point of use.
A summary of the instrument calibrations required by this
standard is given in Table 2.2.
8
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 2.2 Calibration Frequency
Calibration
Frequency
References
Internal
Micrometer
6 months
3.1.4
White Light
Intensity Meter
6 months
3.1.4, 3.12.2,
3.14.2, 3.15.2
Lead Gage
6 months
3.12.2
Pressure Gauge
6 months
3.16.2
Standard Lead
Template
1 year
3.12.2
Profile Gage
3 years
3.12.2, 3.13.2
Angle Gage
3 years
3.12.2
Blacklight
Intensity Meter
6 months
3.14.2, 3.15.2
Instrument
Moyer and Dale evaluated the probability that inspection
companies would find cracks in drill collar connections. The
acceptance criteria allow no fatigue cracks in connections,
no matter how small, so the test provided a good measure
of commercial blacklight inspection. The result is shown
in Figure 2.1. The test subjects had about a one in four
chance of finding small cracks. Their chance of finding
cracks increased to eight to nine in ten when the cracks
were very large.
2.19
2.17 Meeting Requirements of
Standard DS-1, Fifth Edition, Volume 3,
Category 3-5
DS-1 Volume 5 covers inspection requirements for new
and used drilling bits. DS-1 Volume 3 does not cover
the inspection of bits, but the requirements therein are
sometimes applied to the bit connections. However,
since Volume 3 is used to cover other non-specialty tools,
vendors may be requested by their customers to follow the
requirements specified in Volume 3 for Category 3-5 for
these tools. In this event, the vendor shall meet this request
by following the requirements specified in this volume for
the Level 2 service category.
Procedure Affects Results
An interesting twist to the data in Figure 2.1 is this: The
investigators used the same technique they were studying,
blacklight inspection, to establish the existence of a crack,
against which they evaluated commercial inspections. The
investigators, however, examined the connections using the
best available practices and under no production pressure.
So Figure 2.1 does not evaluate the absolute quality of
commercial blacklight inspection for finding cracks. In
reality, it compares the relative quality of commercial
blacklight inspection done at the time (data points) against
blacklight inspection done properly by the investigators.
Stated another way, the blacklight practices used by the
investigators were 10-20% more likely to find very large
cracks and four hundred percent more likely to find very
small cracks than the commercial subjects. This “procedure
sensitivity” is present in all nondestructive inspection. It is
the reason mandatory inspection procedure control steps
are included in DS-1 BITS. Reference 1 also discusses
the degree of “control” for an inspection process. This is
2.18 The Inspection Procedure is
Critical
The designer and his organization have much at stake in
whether or not the inspector accurately sorts the bits being
inspected. How well the inspector does his or her job will
depend in large part on what procedure is followed during
the inspection. Procedure sensitivity was well illustrated
in a landmark study by Moyer and Dale1. These men used
commercial inspection companies to examine several pieces
of drill pipe and drill collars that were in various states of
wear and fatigue. They did not materially interfere with
the inspectors, but simply recorded their findings and
plotted the probability that the inspectors would find
the flaws they knew existed. In one facet of the study,
Probability of Rejection (%)
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
2
4
6
10
Figure 2.1 Probability of detecting a drill collar connection
fatigue crack as a function of crack size. (from Reference 1)
Crack Length (inches)
9
Figure 2.5 Probability of detecting a drill collar
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
connection fatigue crack as a function of crack size. (from
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Reference 1)
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
8
Crack Length (inches)
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
100
Probability of Rejection (%)
Bad Material
Accepted
Good Material Rejected
THEORETICAL SORT
ACTUAL SORT
0
Small
Large
Flaw Size
Acceptable
Not Acceptable
100
Probability of Rejection (%)
Controlled Sort
Cracked
Connections
Accepted
Uncracked Connections Rejected
0
0
Crack Length (in)
10
100
Probability of Rejection (%)
0
Crack Length (in)
10
2.6 inspection
Real inspection
never
attain
ideal
FigureFigure
2.2 Real
can can
never
attain
the the
ideal
sort desortby
demanded
by the acceptance
criteria(top).
in effect
(top). a well
manded
the acceptance
criteria in effect
However,
However, a well controlled inspection procedure (center)
controlled
inspection procedure (center) more closely approximore closely approximates the ideal than a poorly
matescontrolled
the idealprocedure
than a poorly
controlled procedure (bottom).
(bottom).
10
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: “How is Standard DS-1 BITS different from DS-1
Volume 3 and Volume 4 inspections?”
Poorly Controlled
Sort
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
2.20
DS-1 has become widely accepted as the standard for
inspecting drill string components including cutting bits.
Several questions are commonly asked about using the
standard. These questions are answered here:
Cracked
Connections
Accepted
0
illustrated in Figure 2.2. The acceptance criteria demanded,
expressed in flaw size, is shown by the heavy black line.
However, a real-world inspection will not be able to attain
the ideal. Because of inspection uncertainty, some good
material will be rejected, and some bad material accepted.
Figure 2.2 (center) shows a real inspection sort that was run
with a well-controlled procedure like the investigators in
Reference 1 used. A well-controlled inspection procedure
can provide results that approximate (but can never
match) the theoretical sort demanded by the acceptance
criteria. As procedure control deteriorates, the results move
further away from ideal, resulting in more acceptance of
substandard material, and a higher probability of downhole
problems. This reality is especially problematic in drill
string inspection, where inspections are priced on a “piece
work” basis and often competitively bid by customers who
may have little understanding of what they’re purchasing.
No matter how well qualified and motivated an inspection
organization may be, these market pressures leave them
no alternative but to “hurry” in order to make money. The
resulting loss of procedure control, and the detrimental
results on inspection quality, far outweigh the few dollars
the customer saves on inspection cost. Customers who
focus only on minimizing inspection costs do not allow the
inspection organization time to do a good job and still make
money. Such customers are subverting their own interest,
and share in the blame if the quality of the inspection they
receive does not meet their expectations.
A: The Fifth Edition of Volume 3 of the standard covers
inspection of used normal weight drill pipe, HWDP, drill
collars, pup joints, API and similar rotary-shouldered
connections, a number of proprietary connections, kellys,
subs, stabilizers, and thick-walled drill pipe. Inspection
and qualification of drilling and completion specialty
tools like mud motors, jar, MWD/LWD, frac sleeves,
SSSV, etc is covered by Standard DS-1 Volume 4, Fifth
Edition. Standard DS-1 BITS covers the inspection and
qualification of new and used drilling bits.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
11
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Q: “My company orders inspection of generic nonspecialty BHA components to Standard DS-1
Volume 3, Category 3-5. Can I continue to use DS-1
Volume 3, Fifth Edition Category 3-5 for inspection
of drilling bits?”
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A: No. Standard DS-1 Volume 3, Fifth Edition does not
cover inspection and qualification of drilling bits. Standard
DS-1 BITS covers inspection requirements for new and
used drilling bits. However, since Standard DS-1, Fifth
Edition, Volume 3 is used to cover other non-specialty
tools, vendors may be erroneously requested by their
customers to follow requirements specified in Standard
DS-1, Fifth Edition, Volume 3, Category 3-5 for inspecting
and qualifying drilling bits. In this event, the vendor shall
meet this request by following the requirements specified
in this standard for Level 2 service category.
Q: “How do I order inspection under DS-1?”
A: How to order inspection service is covered in detail
earlier in this chapter.
Q: “My company has standardized on DS-1 Level 2
inspection program for all drilling bits. Are we doing
the right thing?”
A: It depends on the severity of the application and cost of
failure. The cost of a Level 2 inspection is higher than that
of Level 1 inspection program. Level 2 inspection program
is intended for inspection of new drilling bits, whereas
Level 1 inspection program is intended for inspection
of used drilling bits. However, if the application involves
complicated or expensive drilling situations with extremely
adverse conditions where the potential cost of a failure is
very large, then inspection to Level 2 inspection program
may be appropriate.
Q: “I would like to qualify my drilling bits by checking
a sample. What percent of the drilling bits that I
plan to use must I inspect to be sure that it is all
acceptable?”
A: You should not inspect your drilling bits by checking a
sample. Unless the sample you choose is truly representative
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
of the entire lot of components, and unless you have zero
reject rate in your sample, you cannot be fully confident
that every single component in the unchecked portion is
acceptable. In a nutshell, if you need to do an inspection at
all, you should apply it to all of the planned drilling bits. If
you need to reduce inspection costs in low-risk situations,
you might consider dropping to a lower inspection level.
Q: “Under what conditions could spot sampling be
considered good practice?”
A: Spot sampling is useful if you wish to get a general feel
for the condition of a lot of drilling bits, without qualifying
every individual piece. For example, if you were concerned
about the general condition of available drilling bits, you
might use spot checking to decide whether to proceed
with inspecting that lot or to look for an entirely different
lot of drilling bits.
Q: “All dimensions for procedural requirements and
acceptance criteria in DS-1 Volume 3 are listed in
U. S. customary units. Am I allowed to perform an
inspection using measuring instruments with metric
units?”
A: Yes. Dimensions used to verify procedural requirements
(i.e. field reference standards) and to determine the
acceptance of components are allowed to be measured
using metric units and converted to the appropriate U. S.
customary units. The conversion factors that shall be used
are listed in Table 2.3. See paragraph 2.8 for details.
2.21
References
1. Moyer, M.C., and Dale, B.A., “Sensitivity and
Reliability of Commercial Drillstring Inspection
Services,” SPE 17661, Presented at the 1988 Offshore
Southeast Asia Technology Conference, Singapore,
Feb 2-5.
2. Taylor, Barry N., & Thompson, Ambler. Guide for the
Use of the International System of Units (SI) (Special
Publication 811, 2008 ed.). Gaithersburg, MD:
National Institute of Standards and Technology, 2008.
11
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
12
Table 2.3 Conversion Factors for Inspection
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Attribute
Multiply SI Unit
ByNote1
To Obtain US Customary Unit
Diameter/Thickness
Length
Pressure/Strength
Torque
Temperature
millimeters (mm)
meters (m)
megapascal (MPa)
newton-meter (N-m)
Celsius (°C)
0.03937008
3.280840
145.0377
0.7375621
°C = (°F − 32) × 5⁄9
inch (in)
foot (ft)
pound per square inch (psi)
foot-pound (ft-lb)
Magnetic Field
Energy
Illuminance
Force/Load
Mass
Speed
Density
Volume
Mass per unit length
Area
Rotary Speed
tesla (T)
joule (J)
lux (lx)
newton (N)
kilogram (kg)
meter per second (m/s)
kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³)
liter (L)
kilogram per meter (kg/m)
square meter (m2)
radians per second (rad/s)
10
0.7375621
0.09290304
0.2248089
2.204622
3.280840
0.008345406
0.2641720
0.6719688
1550.003
9.549297
Farenheit (°F)
gauss (G)
foot-pound (ft-lb)
foot-candle (fc)
pound force(lbf)
pound (lbm)
feet per second (fps)
pounds per gallon (lbm/gal or ppg)
gallon (gal)
pound per foot (ppf)
square inch (in2)
revolutions per minute (rpm)
Attribute
Multiply US Customary Unit
ByNote1
To Obtain SI Unit
Diameter/Thickness
Length
Pressure/Strength
Torque
Temperature
inch (in)
foot (ft)
pound per square inch (psi)
foot-pound (ft-lb)
Fahrenheit (°F)
25.4
0.3048
0.006894757
1.355818
°F = °C × 9⁄5 + 32
millimeters (mm)
meters (m)
megapascal (MPa)
newton-meter (N-m)
Magnetic Field
Energy
Illuminance
Force/Load
Mass
Speed
Density
Volume
Mass per unit length
Area
Rotary Speed
gauss (G)
foot-pound (ft-lb)
foot-candle (fc)
pound force(lbf)
pound (lbm)
feet per second (fps)
pounds per gallon (lbm/gal or ppg)
gallon (gal)
pound per foot (ppf)
square inch (in2)
revolutions per minute (rpm)
10
1.355818
10.76391
4.448222
0.4535924
0.3048
119.8264
3.785412
1.488164
0.00064516
0.1047198
Note 1: All conversion factors in the table above are in accordance to reference 2.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4
-4
Celsius (°C)
tesla (T)
joules(J)
lux (lx)
newton (N)
kilogram (kg)
meter per second (m/s)
kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³)
liter (L)
kilogram per meter (kg/m)
square meter (m2)
radians per second (rad/s)
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 2.4 Table of Fractions
Sixty-fourths
1/64
0.01563
0.03125
0.04688
0.06250
0.07813
0.09375
0.10938
0.12500
0.14063
0.15625
0.17188
0.18750
0.20313
0.21875
0.23438
0.25000
0.26563
0.28125
0.29688
0.31250
0.32813
0.34375
0.35938
0.37500
0.39063
0.40625
0.42188
0.43750
0.45313
0.46875
0.48438
0.50000
0.51563
0.53125
0.54688
0.56250
0.57813
0.59375
0.60938
0.62500
0.64063
0.65625
0.67188
0.68750
0.70313
0.71875
0.73438
0.75000
0.76563
0.78125
0.79688
0.81250
0.82813
0.84375
0.85938
0.87500
0.89063
0.90625
0.92188
0.93750
0.95313
0.96875
0.98438
1.00000
1/64
2/64
3/64
4/64
5/64
6/64
7/64
8/64
9/64
10/64
11/64
12/64
13/64
14/64
15/64
16/64
17/64
18/64
19/64
20/64
21/64
22/64
23/64
24/64
25/64
26/64
27/64
28/64
29/64
30/64
31/64
32/64
33/64
34/64
35/64
36/64
37/64
38/64
39/64
40/64
41/64
42/64
43/64
44/64
45/64
46/64
47/64
48/64
49/64
50/64
51/64
52/64
53/64
54/64
55/64
56/64
57/64
58/64
59/64
60/64
61/64
62/64
63/64
64/64
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Thirty-seconds
1/32
Sixteenths
1/16
Eighths
1/8
Fourths
1/4
Halves
1/2
1/32
2/32
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Equivalent
Decimal
1/16
3/32
4/32
2/16
1/8
5/32
6/32
3/16
7/32
8/32
4/16
2/8
1/4
9/32
10/32
5/16
11/32
12/32
6/16
3/8
13/32
14/32
7/16
15/32
16/32
8/16
4/8
2/4
1/2
17/32
18/32
9/16
19/32
20/32
10/16
5/8
21/32
22/32
11/16
23/32
24/32
12/16
6/8
3/4
25/32
26/32
13/16
27/32
28/32
14/16
7/8
29/32
30/32
15/16
31/32
32/32
16/16
8/8
4/4
2/2
13
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
This page intentionally left blank.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
14
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Inspection Procedures
3.1
General Bit Inspection
table with a protruding geometry, or a diamond table
with a geometry other than a cylinder. An example
of a cutter with non-standard geometry is shown in
Figure 3.1.2.5.
3.1.1 Scope
This procedure covers the inspection of new and used
drilling bits, including bit connections and the bit bodies.
The types of bits covered by this procedure are defined in
section 3.1.3. This procedure does not cover the inspection
of roller cone bits, hybrid bits, or hammer bits. Roller cone
bits are covered in this standard in procedure 3.9.
3.1.2 Parts of Bits
The following definitions will apply to the various parts of
bits. All of the figures feature a Polycrystalline Diamond
Compact (PDC) bit for illustration purposes. The definitions of different types of bits are covered in section 3.1.3.
a. Blades: The blades are protrusions from the bit body
that contain the cutters. Primary blades run all the
way to the center of the bit body, while secondary
blades do not run all the way to the center of the bit
body. The leading side faces the same direction as
the faces of most of the cutters. The trailing side of a
blade faces opposite the faces of most of the cutters.
The top of a blade is the portion farthest from the
pin nose. These various areas of the bit are pointed
out in Figures 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2.
b. Junk Slots: The junk slots are the areas between two
blades on the bit body. This is pointed out in Figure
3.1.2.3.
c. Cutters: Cutters shear or fracture the formation
and consist of PDC material that does the
shearing or fracturing and a substrate that
supports the PDC material. Primary cutters
are those which have faces that are often
parallel to the leading side of a blade. Secondary
cutters may be on the top of the blade and
are effectively behind the primary cutters.
Examples of primary cutters and secondary
cutters are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.1. Each
cutter consists of a substrate, which is typically
tungsten carbide, and a diamond table, both of
which are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.4. The
diamond table is exposed and shears or fractures
the formation, while the substrate contains the
diamond table and is mostly concealed by the bit
body. Cutters may also have a conical diamond
table, a rotating diamond table, a diamond
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
d. Pockets: Pockets are the portions of a blade that
contain the cutters.
e. Depth of Cut Management Element: A depth of cut
management element is either part of the bit body
or consists of carbide or diamond. Each element may
protrude from the blades near the cutters in its own
pocket or may be part of the top of the blade that
is designed to contact the formation at a specified
penetration per revolution. An example of a depth of
cut management element is shown in Figure 3.1.2.5.
f. Cone: The cone consists of the essentially horizontal
portion of a blade closest to the center of the bit body.
This is pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.
g. Nose: The nose consists of the nearly horizontal
portion of a blade between the cone and the shoulder.
This is pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.
h. Shoulder: The shoulder consists of the portion of a
blade between the nose and the OD that is oriented
at approximately 45 degrees. This is pointed out in
Figure 3.1.2.6.
i. OD and OD Area: The OD is the Outer Diameter
of the bit body. The OD area consists of the nearly
vertical portion of a blade between the gauge area
Figure 3.1.2.1 Rendering of a bit body, showing the locations of the
blades, cutters, and a nozzle.
15
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
and the shoulder. This is pointed out in Figure
3.1.2.6.
j. Gauge Pads and Gauge Area: Gauge pads
consist of the essentially vertical protrusions
adjacent to the blades that run to the shank.
They are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.3. The
gauge pads may feature a nominal, straightrelieved, step, or taper design or a combination
of these. Examples of each of these designs
are included in Figure 3.1.2.7. The gauge area
consists of anything below the OD (closer
to the connection) on the bit body. This is
pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.
k. Wear Elements: Wear elements are located
in the gauge pads, and are pointed out in
Figure 3.1.2.8.
Figure 3.1.2.2 Rendering of a bit body, showing the locations of the
leading side, trailing side, and top of a blade.
l. Nozzles: Nozzles are threaded portholes
with O-ring seals from which fluid is
projected. Examples of nozzles are pointed
out in Figures 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.9.
m. Shank: The shank is the area between the bit
connection and the gauge pads and junk slots
that includes the breaker slot. This is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.3.
n. Breaker Slot: The breaker slot is similar to a
mill slot on a tool joint. It consists of a groove
that has been machined to allow for the
gripping of the bit when making up the bit
connection in the field as well as for stampings
to exist in a known location. This is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.3.
o. Bond Line: When the bit connection is
welded to the bit body, a bond line may exist
at the interface. When inspected, the bond
line should appear perfectly transverse and
linear. An example of a bond line is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.8.
Figure 3.1.2.3 Rendering of a bit body, showing the gauge pad, junk
slot, shank, and breaker slot.
p. Base Metal: The base metal consists of the
portion of a steel bit body that was originally
manufactured and should not be modified
or removed.
q. Hardfacing: Hardfacing consists of metal
deposited on the base metal by welding or
brazing, used to build-up the bit body.
16
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.1.2.4 Rendering of a cutter, showing the substrate and the
diamond table.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Figure 3.1.2.5 Rendering of a blade
with a cutter featuring a non-standard
diamond table geometry and a depth
of cut management element.
Figure 3.1.2.6 Rendering of a blade, showing
various areas on the blade.
Figure 3.1.2.7 Renderings of gauge pads with nominal, straight-relieved, step, and taper designs.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
17
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
typically shear or fracture the formation during
drilling operations.
b. Polycrystalline Diamond Compact Bits: PDC bits
are fixed cutter bits that use PDC cutters to shear the
formation. A PDC bit may have a matrix body or a
steel body. An example of a PDC bit can be seen in
Figure 3.1.2.1.
c. Matrix Body: If a bit body is comprised of composite
material such as tungsten carbide with a binder alloy,
then it is described as having a matrix body.
d. Steel Body: If a bit body is comprised of steel, then
it is described as having a steel body.
e. Through-Bits for Logging: Through-bits are fixed
cutter bits which feature a central through-hole that
can be used to place a logging tool or to pass a logging
tool through the bit. A through-bit may have a matrix
body or a steel body. An example of a through-bit can
be seen in Figure 3.1.3.1.
Figure 3.1.2.8 Example of a bit, showing the wear
elements and the bond line.
r. Backreamer: A backreamer is a cutter that is located
in the gauge area of a blade closer to the connection
than any other cutters and is typically near the edge
of the gauge area. Backreamers are used to ream the
hole in tight locations while pulling the bit out of the
hole. An example of a backreamer is pointed out in
Figure 3.1.2.9.
s. Root Radius: The root
radius consists of the fillet
that is present at the intersection of any protrusion,
such as a blade or gauge
pad, and the bit body.
f. Coring Bits: Like through-bits, coring bits are fixed
cutter bits which feature a central through-hole
that can be used to collect core samples from the
formation. A coring bit may have a matrix body or
a steel body.
g. Casing While Drilling Bits: Using a top drive casing
running tool, casing can be set while drilling operations occur by connecting the drilling bit to the casing
directly. For these operations, a Casing While Drilling
(CWD) bit is used. A CWD bit typically has a body
3.1.3 Types of Bits
The following definitions will
apply to the various types of
bits. All of the parts shown
in the figures are defined in
section 3.1.2.
a. Fixed Cutter Bits: Fixed
cutter bits are drilling bits
that generally have no
moving parts but contain
cutters or inserts that
Nozzle
Figure 3.1.2.9 Rendering of a bit body, showing a backreamer.
18
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
comprised of steel, aluminum, or a bronze alloy. An
example of a CWD bit can be seen in Figure 3.1.3.2.
h. Diamond Bits: Diamond bits are fixed cutter bits that
have diamond inserts impregnated into the bit body.
Diamond bits consist of a matrix body and may have
a steel sleeve. An example of a diamond bit can be
seen in Figure 3.1.3.3.
i. Natural Diamond Bits: Natural diamond bits contain
naturally occurring diamond inserts set into the
surface of a matrix body.
Figure 3.1.3.1 Rendering of a through-bit, showing various
parts of the bit.
j. Thermally Stable Polycrystalline Bits: Thermally
Stable Polycrystalline (TSP) bits contain synthetic
diamond inserts set into the surface of a matrix body.
k. Bi-Center Bits: Bi-center bits are fixed cutter bits
that feature a pilot section and a reamer section. The
pilot section is similar to a typical PDC bit, while the
reamer section consists of primary blades and cutters
that are on only one side of the bit. A bi-center bit
may have a matrix body or a steel body. An example
of a bi-center bit can be seen in Figure 3.1.3.4.
Figure 3.1.3.2 Rendering of a CWD bit, showing various
parts of the bit.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.1.3.3 Rendering of a diamond bit, showing
various parts of the bit.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.1.3.4 Rendering of a bi-center bit, showing various parts
of the bit.
19
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
3.1.5 Preparation
a. Each bit shall be uniquely serialized, with a legible
stamping included in the breaker slot (if present) or
other acceptable area. If the serial number is illegible,
the bit shall be rejected.
b. The bit connection shall be clean so that no scale,
mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the thread or
shoulder surfaces with a clean rag.
c. The bit body shall be free of paint and shall be clean
so that the surface is visible and no surface particles
larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can be broken
loose with a fingernail.
d. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light intensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
• At the start of each inspection;
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
• When there is a change in relative position of the
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
• When requested by the customer or a designated
representative; and
• Upon completion of the inspection.
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all
components inspected since the last white light
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected.
3.1.6
Applicable Inspection Procedures
3.1.6.1 Visual Inspection
a. Visual Connection Inspection: Inspect the bit connection in accordance with section 3.12 Visual Bit
Connection Inspection, unless it is a CWD bit or a
diamond bit. A CWD bit will have a connection that
is compatible with casing. The visual inspection of this
connection is not covered by this standard. A diamond
bit may not feature a connection. If this is the case, no
visual connection inspection requirements will apply.
If the bit has a proprietary connection not covered
by this standard, the connection manufacturer’s visual
inspection requirements shall apply.
b. The entire bit body shall be visually inspected. Cracks
and other damages shall be evaluated using the
acceptance criteria in either section 3.2 Bit Body 1
Inspection or section 3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection, as
applicable.
c. Each cutter shall be visually inspected. Cracks and
other damages shall be evaluated using the acceptance
criteria in section 3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection or section
3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, as applicable.
d. The bit connection is not required to have a Stress
Relief Feature (SRF), such as a Stress Relief Groove
(SRG), regardless of its size and connection type
unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are present,
they shall be evaluated in accordance with section 3.12
Visual Bit Connection Inspection.
3.1.6.2 Dimensional Inspection
a. Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection: Inspect
the bit connection in accordance with section 3.13
Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection, unless it
is a CWD bit or a diamond bit. A CWD bit will
have a connection that is compatible with casing.
The dimensional inspection of this connection is not
covered by this standard. A diamond bit may not
feature a connection. If this is the case, no dimensional
connection inspection requirements will apply.
b. Ring Gauging: Check the bit diameter of a fixed cutter bit by using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For accurate
measurement, the temperature of the “go” and “no-go”
gauges shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit of the
bit shank after being stabilized for at least 30 minutes.
The “go” and “no-go” gauges shall be fabricated from 1
inch steel and shall have an OD equal to the nominal
bit size plus at minimum 1-1/2 inches. The IDs of
the gauges shall be the:
• Nominal bit size +0.002 inch (clearance) with a
tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the “go”
gauge; and
• Minimum bit size (as defined by API Spec 7-1
or the manufacturer’s requirements) -0.002 inch
(interference) with a tolerance of +0 inches, -0.003
inch for the “no-go” gauge.
20
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.1.4 Inspection Apparatus
A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
a calibrated white light intensity meter, a calibrated “go”
ring gauge, a calibrated “no-go” ring gauge, and a calibrated
internal micrometer are required. For calibration requirements, see section 2.16.
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
c. The bit connection is not required to have an SRF,
such as an SRG, regardless of its size and connection
type unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are
present, they shall be evaluated in accordance with
section 3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection.
3.1.6.3 Blacklight Connection Inspection
Inspect the bit connection in accordance with section
3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection (MPI). Any
cracks in the threads are cause for rejection. Grinding to
remove cracks is not permitted. Cracks and other indications in a location past the interface between the threads
and the bit body shall be evaluated using the acceptance
criteria in either section 3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection or
section 3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection, as applicable.
3.1.6.4 Liquid Penetrant Inspection
Inspect the entire bit body in accordance with section
3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection. Cracks and other
damages shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria
in either section 3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection or section
3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection. If liquid penetrant is used
to inspect cutters, cracks and other damages shall be
evaluated using the acceptance criteria in section 3.4
Cutter 1 Inspection or section 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection,
as applicable.
3.2
Bit Body 1 Inspection
3.2.1 Scope
Visual inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
techniques shall be used to examine the body of a used bit.
3.2.2
Cracks and Porosity in Matrix Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles
a. For bits with a gauge OD less than 10 inches, no more
than one crack propagating between no more than
two pockets is acceptable in the gauge and OD areas
of a single blade. Any cracks propagating between
pockets on the cone, nose, or shoulder are cause for
rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
propagating between pockets are shown in Table
3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.1 – 3.2.2.1.4.
b. For bits with a gauge OD greater than or equal to 10
inches, no more than one crack propagating between
no more than two pockets is acceptable in the gauge,
OD, cone, and shoulder areas of a single blade. Any
cracks propagating between pockets on the nose
are cause for rejection. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks propagating between pockets are
shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.5 – 3.2.2.1.8.
c. Cracks propagating from any pocket that are only
present on the top portion of any blade and do not
propagate onto the leading side or trailing side of that
blade are acceptable. Any crack propagating onto the
trailing side of a single blade is cause for rejection.
Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks are
shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.9 – 3.2.2.1.14.
d. Any crack on the leading side of a single blade that
exceeds 3/8 inch in any major direction is cause for
rejection. Any crack that propagates from the leading
side of any blade into the root radius or the adjacent
junk slot is cause for rejection. Only one crack on the
leading side of a single blade that is no more than 3/8
inch in every major direction and does not propagate
into the root radius or the adjacent junk slot is acceptable. Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks are
shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.15 – 3.2.2.1.22.
e. Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that exceeds
3/8 inch in any major direction is cause for rejection.
Any crack that exists in a junk slot that is within 1 inch
of any other crack is cause for rejection. Any crack
that propagates into any nozzle threads is cause for
rejection. In order for a crack that exists only in a junk
slot to be acceptable, it shall not be greater than 3/8
inch in every major direction and shall not be within
1 inch of any other crack and shall not propagate
into any nozzle threads. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures
3.2.2.1.23 – 3.2.2.1.31.
f. If a conical cutter is present at the center of the bit,
then no more than one crack propagating from the
pocket of that cutter is acceptable if the crack does not
exceed 3/8 inch in every major direction and is not
within 1 inch of any other crack and does not extend
into any nozzle threads. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks propagating from the pocket of a
21
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The IDs of the ring gauges shall be verified using the
internal micrometer. The “go” gauge shall be carefully
applied over the length of the bit with a force which
does not exceed the weight of the ring gauge. For
acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over
the bit and the bit shall not pass through the “no-go”
gauge.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
conical cutter at the center of the bit are shown in
Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.32 – 3.2.2.1.37.
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads
Cracks propagating between the wear elements on
the gauge pad are acceptable. Cracks propagating on
the leading or trailing side of a gauge pad are also
acceptable if they are not mostly vertical (parallel with
the longitudinal axis of the bit) and do not propagate
into the root radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent
junk slot. Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks
on the gauge pad are shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures
3.2.2.2.1 – 3.2.2.2.6.
3.2.3
Cracks and Porosity in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.1 Hardfacing
Any cracks in the hardfacing are acceptable as long as the
cracks do not propagate into the base metal. Examples
of acceptable and rejectable cracks are included in Table
3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.1.1 – 3.2.3.1.10. Any void or pore on
any part of any blade that exceeds 1/16 inch in any major
direction or depth shall be cause for rejection.
3.2.3.2 Base Metal
Any cracks shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
rejectable cracks in the base metal are shown in Table
3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.2.1 – 3.2.3.2.11.
3.2.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown
in Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.3.1 – 3.2.2.3.4.
3.2.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown
in Table 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.3.1 – 3.2.3.3.4.
3.2.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line
a. When the bit connection is welded to the bit body, a
bond line may exist at the interface. When inspected,
the bond line should appear perfectly transverse and
linear. Any void or other imperfection surrounding
the bond line that exceeds 13/64 inch in any major
direction or 3/64 inch in depth is cause for rejection.
Any void or imperfection that is within 2 inches of any
other void or imperfection is cause for rejection. Some
examples of bond line imperfections are included in
Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.4.1 and 3.2.2.4.2.
3.2.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks
A surface mark that forms a closed loop shall be acceptable on any part of the base metal as long as the entirety
of the closed loop can be visually verified when the bit
body is inspected. Examples of acceptable closed loop
surface marks are shown in Table 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.4.1
and 3.2.3.4.2.
b. The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral
blank, 3-piece bit shall be acceptable. Examples of
separation lines are shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures
3.2.2.4.3 – 3.2.2.4.5. Any void or other imperfection
surrounding the separation line that exceeds 13/64
inch in any major direction or 3/64 inch in depth is
cause for rejection. Any void or imperfection that is
within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection is
cause for rejection.
3.2.2.5 Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring Bit
Any crack that propagates into the through-hole of a
through-bit or a coring bit shall be cause for rejection.
Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be
deeper than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
3.2.2.6 Other Imperfections
Other non-linear imperfections, such as porosity or voids
from the matrix casting process, shall not exceed 3/16
inch in any dimension.
22
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
3.2.3.5 Repair of Cracks and Porosity
Any cracks, voids, or pores in the hardfacing which
are cause for rejection per paragraph 3.2.3.1 may be
repaired by welding provided that they are repaired in
accordance with the tool owner’s written Weld Procedure
Specification (WPS). These procedures and supporting
documents, such as Procedure Qualification Reports
(PQRs) and Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ)
records shall be made available to the customer or a
customer representative upon request.
3.2.4 Wear and Erosion of Bit Body
In order to determine whether or not wear or erosion to
the bit body is acceptable, the bit body shall be classified
as Bit Body Reference Condition A, B, C, or D. The Bit
Body Reference Condition shall be determined through
a visual examination of the bit body and comparison with
Figure 3.2.4.1 – Figure 3.2.4.27.
a. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of A
shall be accepted as in “new condition.” The bit body
shall not feature any chipping/spalling, corrosion, erosion, or other damage to any area including the junk
slots and the shank. All depth of cut management
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
b. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of B
shall be accepted as in “used condition.” The bit body,
including the gauge pads, may feature minor wear
or erosion, and the wear elements may have slight
damage. Any depth of cut management element
that is non-replaceable may have minor wear, but
any replaceable depth of cut management element
shall be free of wear or other damage. A gauge pad
with a step or taper design or a combination of these
is acceptable. The nozzles may exhibit minor wear
or erosion. Figures 3.2.4.6 – 3.2.4.13 included in
Table 3.2.4 illustrate examples of Bit Body Reference
Condition B.
c. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of C
shall be rejected. Bit Body Reference Condition C is
characterized by significant erosion or wear of the bit
body and slight loss of material. The gauge pad and
wear elements may show signs of significant damage,
and undercutting may start to expose the wear elements or the backreamer, if present. The nozzles may
exhibit significant erosion, including missing threads.
Figures 3.2.4.14 – 3.2.4.19 included in Table 3.2.4 illustrate examples of Bit Body Reference Condition C.
d. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of D
shall be rejected. Bit Body Reference Condition D is
characterized by severe erosion or wear of the bit body
and loss of material. The gauge pad and wear elements
may show signs of severe damage, and undercutting
may severely expose the wear elements or the
backreamer, if present. The nozzles may exhibit severe
erosion, including multiple missing threads. Figures
3.2.4.20 – 3.2.4.27 included in Table 3.2.4 illustrate
examples of Bit Body Reference Condition D.
e. If a depth of cut management element is present in
the gauge area, then it may be ground in order to pass
the ring gauging inspection. This shall be acceptable if
the grinding is relatively uniform and possibly present
on a nearby cutter or other parts of the bit body. An
example of a depth of cut management element in
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
the gauge area with a ground tip is shown in Figure
3.2.4.28 included in Table 3.2.4.
3.3
Bit Body 2 Inspection
3.3.1 Scope
Visual inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
techniques shall be used to examine the body of a new bit.
The acceptance criteria for the new bit body may also apply
to the body of a used bit, if this application is requested
by the customer.
3.3.2
Cracks in Matrix Bit Body
3.3.2.1 Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles
Diamond inserts in a diamond bit shall be inspected as
part of the matrix bit body. Any crack shall be cause for
rejection. Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in
Table 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.1.1 – 3.3.2.1.9.
3.3.2.2 Gauge Pads
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.3.2, Figures
3.3.2.2.1 – 3.3.2.2.2.
3.3.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown
in Table 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.3.1 – 3.3.2.3.4.
3.3.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line
a. When the bit connection is welded to the bit body, a
bond line may exist at the interface. When inspected,
the bond line should appear perfectly transverse and
linear. Any void or other imperfection surrounding
the bond line that exceeds 13/64 inch in any major
direction or 3/64 inch in depth is cause for rejection.
Any void or imperfection that is within 2 inches of any
other void or imperfection is cause for rejection. Some
examples of bond line imperfections are included in
Table 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.4.1 and 3.3.2.4.2.
b. The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral
blank, 3-piece bit shall be acceptable. Examples of
separation lines are shown in Table 3.3.2, Figures
3.3.2.4.3 – 3.3.2.4.5. Any void or other imperfection
surrounding the separation line that exceeds 13/64
inch in any major direction or 3/64 inch in depth is
cause for rejection. Any void or imperfection that is
within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection is
cause for rejection.
23
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
elements shall be free of any wear of other damage.
The gauge pads shall be free of any wear or other
damage, as shall the wear elements. However, a gauge
pad with a step or taper design or a combination of
these is acceptable. Wear, erosion, or other damage
to nozzle threads or a nozzle seat shall be cause for
rejection. Figures 3.2.4.1 – 3.2.4.5 included in Table
3.2.4 illustrate examples of Bit Body Reference
Condition A.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
3.3.3
Cracks in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing
Any crack shall be cause for rejection, except hairline
cracks in the hardfacing are permissible as long as they
do not extend into the base metal. A hairline crack is
defined as a fine crack that cannot be caught with a
fingernail. Any void or pore on any part of any blade
that exceeds 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth
shall be cause for rejection. Examples of acceptable
and rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.3.3, Figures
3.3.3.1.1 – 3.3.3.1.9.
3.3.3.2 Base Metal
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.3.3, Figures
3.3.3.2.1– 3.3.3.2.12.
3.3.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown
in Table 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.3.1 – 3.3.3.3.4.
3.3.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks
A surface mark that forms a closed loop shall be acceptable on any part of the base metal as long as the entirety
of the closed loop can be visually verified when the bit
body is inspected. Examples of acceptable closed loop
surface marks are shown in Table 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.4.1
and 3.3.3.4.2.
3.3.4 Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface
Any transverse indication at the interface between the
matrix body and the steel sleeve of a diamond bit is not
cause for rejection if the indication is perfectly linear and
exists in multiple locations spaced apart. An example of
the interface between the matrix body and the steel sleeve
of a diamond bit is shown in Figure 3.3.4.1 included in
Table 3.3.4.
3.3.5 Wear of Bit Body
The bit body shall feature no signs of wear. However, if a
depth of cut management element is present in the gauge
area, then it may be ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection. This shall be acceptable if the grinding is
relatively uniform and possibly present on a nearby cutter
or other parts of the bit body. An example of a depth of cut
management element in the gauge area with a ground tip
is shown in Figure 3.3.5.1 included in Table 3.3.5.
3.4
Cutter 1 Inspection
3.4.1 Scope
Visual Inspection and/or Liquid Penetrant Inspection
(LPI) techniques shall be used to examine the used cutters
of a bit or fixed-cutter reamer.
3.4.2
Preparation
3.4.2.1 Bit Cutter Identification
a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspection documentation.
b. It is recommended that the blade with the cutter that
is lowest and closest to the center of the bit is identified as Blade 1 (B1). Blade 1 should then be marked
using a permanent marker, such as a paint marker.
When looking down at the nozzles of the bit (with
the connection facing opposite), the blade adjacent to
B1 when moving in a clockwise direction should be
identified as B2. Each blade should then be identified
consecutively by moving in a clockwise direction until
B1 is reached again. An example of this identification
for the blades can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.1.
c. The primary cutter that is closest to the center of
the bit and is on Blade 1 should be identified as
Primary Cutter 1 (PC1) on B1. The primary cutter
that is adjacent to PC1 on B1 and second closest to
the center of the bit on B1 should be identified as
PC2 on B1. Each primary cutter on a single blade
should continue to be identified consecutively based
on the distance from the center. Secondary cutters
shall be identified similarly to primary cutters, with
the secondary cutter that is closest to the center of
the bit and is on B1 identified as Secondary Cutter
1 (SC1) on B1. An example of this identification for
the cutters can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.2.
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely
identified and the identification system is included
in the inspection documentation.
3.4.2.2 Reamer Cutter Identification
a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspection documentation.
24
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.3.2.5 Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring
Bit
Any crack that propagates into the through-hole of a
through-bit or a coring bit shall be cause for rejection.
Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be
deeper than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
c. Cutters in the Leading Row (LR) may be labelled,
starting from the bottom cutter, as Cutter 1 (C1).
The cutters in the trailing/back row(s) (BR) can be
labelled accordingly, labelling the first cutter from the
bottom as Cutter 1.
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely
identified and the identification system is included
in the inspection documentation.
3.4.2.3 Measuring Cutter Size
The cutter size shall be measured to determine the
diameter of the cutter (when intact, forming a full size
circle) to the nearest 1/16 inch using a metal ruler. The
cutter size may also be measured using a disc, such as a
coin, with a diameter of 9/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. The disc
shall be placed on the cutter to determine if the cutter
is less than or equal to or greater than 9/16 inch. This
information is necessary to determine the acceptance
criteria for damage to the cutter.
3.4.3 Condition of Cutters
The following acceptance criteria apply to the inspection
of used primary and secondary cutters including their
substrates. Each condition below is independent of the
other conditions. For example, if a single cutter has an
acceptable crack as well as acceptable wear, the cutter
itself is still acceptable. If a single cutter has an acceptable
crack and rejectable wear, the cutter shall be marked and
the bit rejected. Conical cutters shall be evaluated by only
applying the acceptance criteria in Paragraph 3.4.3.6. The
visible portion of every cutter shall be inspected, even if a
rejectable cutter is found. If any rejectable cutters are found,
each one shall be marked.
3.4.3.1 Orientation Markings
Any marking purposefully applied to a cutter for
identification or orientation shall not be considered an
imperfection and shall be acceptable. An example of an
orientation mark is shown in Figure 3.4.3.1.1 included
in Table 3.4.3.
3.4.3.2 Cracks and Chipping/Spalling
a. Rotating Cutters: If a rotating cutter is present, the
ring that is created by the socket of the rotating cutter
shall not be cause for rejection, as this is not a crack.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
An example of a rotating cutter is shown in Figure
3.4.3.2.1 included in Table 3.4.3.
b. The exposed cutting edge of the diamond table and
the substrate shall not feature any cracks or chipping/
spalling, or the cutter shall be rejected. Examples of
rejectable cutters are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures
3.4.3.2.2 – 3.4.3.2.5.
c. If the cutter diameter is less than or equal to 9/16
inch, then no more than one crack or chipped/spalled
area is acceptable on a single cutter if every point of
the crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/16 inch
to the non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point
of the crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter. If
the cutter diameter is greater than 9/16 inch, then
no more than one crack or chipped/spalled area is
acceptable on a single cutter if every point of the
crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/8 inch to the
non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the
crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter. Examples
of acceptable and rejectable cutters are shown in Table
3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.2.6 – 3.4.3.2.13.
d. More than one crack or more than one chipped/
spalled area on a single cutter, even if the damage
does not enter the exposed edge of the cutter, is cause
for rejection. Any crack that propagates from the
cutter into the substrate shall be cause for rejection,
regardless of the size of the crack. Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks and chipping/spalling
on the cutters are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures
3.4.3.2.14 – 3.4.3.2.16.
3.4.3.3 Substrate Erosion and Corrosion
a. The exposed cutting edge of the diamond table shall
not feature any erosion or corrosion, or the cutter
shall be rejected.
b. No more than one area of erosion is acceptable on a
single substrate if the erosion does not exceed 7/64
inch in any dimension. More than one area of erosion
on a single substrate or erosion that exceeds 7/64
inch in any dimension shall be cause for rejection.
Examples of acceptable and rejectable erosion of the
substrate are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.3.1
– 3.4.3.3.9.
3.4.3.4 Wear
a. The exposed cutting edge of the diamond table shall
not feature any wear, or the cutter shall be rejected.
25
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b. The nomenclature used to identify the reamer blocks
& arms (such as Block A, B, and C) may be applied
while labelling individual PDC cutters.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Examples of rejectable cutters are shown in Table
3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.4.1 and 3.4.3.4.2.
b. If the cutter diameter is less than or equal to 9/16 inch,
then no more than two areas of wear are acceptable
on a single cutter if the gap between the cutter pocket
and the wear line does not exceed 1/16 inch and no
point of the wear enters the exposed edge of the cutter.
If the cutter diameter is greater than 9/16 inch, then
no more than two areas of wear are acceptable on a
single cutter if the gap between the cutter pocket and
the wear line does not exceed 1/8 inch and no point of
the wear enters the exposed edge of the cutter. Areas
of wear that overlap one another shall be cause for
rejection, even if only two areas of wear are present.
Examples of acceptable and rejectable wear are shown
in Table 3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.4.3 – 3.4.3.4.6.
c. If a cutter is present in the gauge area, then it may be
uniformly ground in order to pass the ring gauging
inspection. An example of a cutter in the gauge
area with a ground tip is shown in Figure 3.4.3.4.7
included in Table 3.4.3.
3.4.3.5 Interfacial Damage
Interfacial damage is defined as an imperfection that
exists at the interface of the diamond table and the
substrate of a cutter. No more than one area of interfacial
damage is acceptable on a single cutter if the damage does
not exceed 1/16 inch in any dimension. More than one
area of interfacial damage on a single cutter or damage
that exceeds 1/16 inch in any dimension shall be cause
for rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable
interfacial damage are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures
3.4.3.5.1 and 3.4.3.5.2.
3.4.3.6 Conical Cutters
Chipping/spalling or other forms of pitting are acceptable on a single conical cutter if every pit does not exceed
1/32 inch in any dimension. Wear of the conical nose tip
is acceptable on a single cutter if the sharpest point of
the tip does not exceed 3/64 inch any dimension. Any
pits that exceed 1/32 inch in any dimension or wear
that exceeds 3/64 inch in any dimension shall be cause
for rejection. Any cracks, erosion, corrosion, interfacial
damage, or substrate damage shall also be cause for
rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable damage
to conical cutters are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures
3.4.3.6.1 – 3.4.3.6.9.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,
26
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
3.5
Cutter 2 Inspection
3.5.1 Scope
Visual Inspection and/or Liquid Penetrant Inspection
(LPI) techniques shall be used to examine the new cutters
of a bit or fixed-cutter reamer. The acceptance criteria for
the new cutters may also apply to the cutters of a used tool,
if this application is requested by the customer.
3.5.2
Preparation
3.5.2.1 Bit Cutter Identification
a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspection documentation.
b. It is recommended that the blade with the cutter that
is lowest and closest to the center of the bit is identified as Blade 1 (B1). Blade 1 should then be marked
using a permanent marker, such as a paint marker.
When looking down at the nozzles of the bit (with
the connection facing opposite), the blade adjacent to
B1 when moving in a clockwise direction should be
identified as B2. Each blade should then be identified
consecutively by moving in a clockwise direction until
B1 is reached again. An example of this identification
for the blades can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.1.
c. The primary cutter that is closest to the center of
the bit and is on Blade 1 should be identified as
Primary Cutter 1 (PC1) on B1. The primary cutter
that is adjacent to PC1 on B1 and second closest to
Figure 3.5.2.1 Recommended identification for the blades.
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely
identified and the identification system is included
in the inspection documentation.
3.5.2.2 Reamer Cutter Identification
a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspection documentation.
b. The nomenclature used to identify the reamer blocks
& arms (such as Block A, B, and C) may be applied
while labelling individual PDC cutters.
c. Cutters in the Leading Row (LR) may be labelled,
starting from the bottom cutter, as Cutter 1 (C1).
The cutters in the trailing/back row(s) (BR) can be
labelled accordingly, labelling the first cutter from the
bottom as Cutter 1.
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely
identified and the identification system is included
in the inspection documentation.
3.5.2.3 Measuring Cutter Size
The cutter size shall be measured to determine the
diameter of the cutter (when intact, forming a full size
circle) to the nearest 1/16 inch using a metal ruler. The
cutter size may also be measured using a disc, such as a
coin, with a diameter of 9/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. The disc
shall be placed on the cutter to determine if the cutter
is less than or equal to or greater than 9/16 inch. This
information is necessary to determine the acceptance
criteria for damage to the cutter.
3.5.3 Condition of Cutters
Cutters that have any cracks, chipping/spalling, substrate
erosion, wear, corrosion, or interfacial damage shall be
cause for rejection. Interfacial damage is defined as an
imperfection that exists at the interface of the diamond
table and the substrate of a cutter. The visible portion of
every cutter shall be inspected even if a rejectable cutter is
found. If a rotating cutter is present, the ring that is created
by the socket of the rotating cutter shall not be cause for
rejection, as this is not a crack. Any marking purposefully
applied to a cutter for identification or orientation shall not
be considered an imperfection and shall be acceptable. If a
cutter is present in the gauge area then it may be uniformly
ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection. If
any rejectable cutters are found, each one shall be marked.
Examples of acceptable and rejectable conditions of cutters
are shown in Table 3.5.3, Figures 3.5.3.1 – 3.5.3.11.
3.6
General Reamer Cutter Inspection
3.6.1 Scope
This procedure covers the inspection and acceptance
criteria of new and used cutting structures for reamers,
including the inspection of cutter block and cutter arm
bodies for underreamers and hole openers. The types of
cutting structures covered by this procedure are defined
in sections 3.6.2 and 3.6.3. This procedure does not cover
the inspection of cutting structures for milling and fishing
tools.
Figure 3.5.2.2 Recommended identification for the cutters.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
3.6.2 Parts of Reamer Cutting Structures
a. Reamers: Reamers are tools used to enlarge a wellbore
past its original drilled size. Types of reamers included
in this procedure are expandable underreamers and
fixed-diameter hole openers.
27
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the center of the bit on B1 should be identified as
PC2 on B1. Each primary cutter on a single blade
should continue to be identified consecutively based
on the distance from the center. Secondary cutters
shall be identified similarly to primary cutters, with
the secondary cutter that is closest to the center of
the bit and is on B1 identified as Secondary Cutter
1 (SC1) on B1. An example of this identification for
the cutters can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.2.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
b. Underreamers: Underreamers are tools with downhole-deployable arms and cutter blocks that allow
a larger hole to be drilled below a smaller opening
after the underreamer is placed at the desired depth
in the well. The cutter blocks/arms expand under an
actuation force, usually hydraulic differential pressure
while fluid is pumped through the underreamers or
a compressive force (such as weight on bit) acting on
the underreamer, or a combination of the two.
diamond table is exposed and shears or fractures the
formation, while the substrate contains the diamond
table and is mostly concealed by the cutter block
body. Cutters may also have a conical diamond table,
a rotating diamond table, a diamond table with a
protruding geometry, or a diamond table with a
geometry other than a cylinder. An example of a
cutter with a non-standard geometry is shown in
Figure 3.1.2.5.
c. Hole Openers: Hole Openers are fixed-diameter
tools that are commonly used in drilling larger
top-hole sections where there are no restrictions.
Hole openers are used in all facets of drilling a well
for actually enlarging the hole, acting as a stabilizer,
or using for a wiper trip (to ensure hole is to gauge).
Hole openers usually are run with roller cones but,
as the hole sizes get smaller, sometimes bladed hole
openers are preferred, which do not use roller cones.
Hole openers have cutter blocks or arms that do not
actuate during operation.
c. Pockets: Pockets are the portions of a blade that
contain the cutters.
d. Cutter Blocks: Cutter Blocks are mounted with
cutting structures made of polycrystalline diamond
compact (PDC). These are often subjected to high
loads and vibration.
e. Cutter Arms: Cutter Arms are fixed or moveable arms
that are configured to move outwardly in response to
actuation of the expandable downhole tool.
3.6.3 Parts of a Cutter Block
a. Rows: Cutter rows are protrusions from the cutter
block or cutter arm that contain pockets to house
cutters or inserts. A leading or front row is the row
of the reamer cutter block/arm facing the direction
of rotation and will be the first row to contact the
formation as the reamer is rotated. A cutter block
may have one or more rows of cutters behind the
leading row, with these rows termed middle or back
row, as applicable.
b. Cutters: Cutters shear or fracture the formation and
consist of PDC material that does the shearing or
fracturing and a substrate that supports the PDC
material. Each cutter consists of a substrate, which
is typically tungsten carbide, and a diamond table,
both of which are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.4. The
e. Nozzles: Nozzles are threaded portholes with O-ring
seals from which fluid is projected. Examples of
nozzles are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1.
f. Base Metal: The base metal consists of the portion
of a steel cutter block or arm that was originally
manufactured.
g. Stabilizer or Gauge Pads: Stabilizer or gauge pads
consist may consist of vertical protrusions, wear
elements, or PDC cutters on the cutter block bodies.
They are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1. The gauge
pads may feature a nominal, straight-relieved, step,
or taper design or a combination of these.
h. Wear Elements: Wear elements are located in the
gauge pads, and are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1.
i. Hardfacing: Hardfacing consists of metal deposited
on the base metal by welding or brazing, used to
build-up and protect the cutter block/arm.
j. Backreamer: The backreamer cutting structure
contains cutters located above the gauge area of cutter
block/arm and usually contact the formation during
backreaming operations.
k. Retention or Actuation Grooves: Actuation or
retention grooves are features (such as ridges) that
engage with corresponding features in the pockets of
28
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Both underreamers and hole openers may have milled
tooth, PDC, or tungsten carbide inserts (TCI) which
may vary depending on the formation to be cut.
d. Depth of Cut Management Element: A depth of
cut management element is either part of the cutter
block/arm body or consists of carbide or diamond set
into the body. Each element may protrude from the
row near the cutters in its own pocket or may be part
of the top of the row that is designed to contact the
formation at a specified penetration per revolution.
An example of a depth of cut management element
is shown in Figure 3.1.2.5.
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
b. Underreamers: Underreamers are tools with
the reamer body to secure
the cutter
cutter block/arm
downhole-deployable
arms and
blocks thatin the
reamer
and,
where
applicable,
allow
the
cutter block/
allow a larger hole to be drilled below a smaller
arm
to
expand
under
actuation
force.
opening after the underreamer is placed at the
desired depth in the well. The cutter blocks/arms
l.expand
The reamer
cutter block
or arm
Handling
underPorts:
an actuation
force, usually
hydraulic
may
have
threaded
ports
to
facilitate
assembly
differential pressure while fluid is pumped through and
with
reamer.
thedisassembly
underreamers
orthe
a compressive
force (such as
weight on bit) acting on the under reamer, or a
Parts ofofa the
3.6.4
Cutter
combination
two.Arm
Reamer cutter arms may consist of a single body or multiple
c.bodies
Holeeach
Openers:
Hole Openers
are fixed-diameter
connected
to the others
by hinge joints. The
tools
that
are
commonly
used
in drilling
cutter arms may have a fixed diameter
forlarger
hole topopeners
hole
sections
where
there
are
no
restrictions.
Hole for
or may expand and contract under actuation forces
openers areThe
usedcutter
in allarms
facets
of drilling
well cutters
for
underreamers.
may
contain aPDC
or
actually enlarging the hole, acting as a stabilizer, or
have a roller cone cutting structure (with either milled tooth
using for a wiper trip (to ensure hole is to gauge).
or TCI
cutting structure). See Figures 3.6.4.1 and 3.6.4.2.
Hole openers usually are run with roller cones but,
as theInspection
hole sizes get
smaller, sometimes bladed hole
Apparatus
3.6.5
openers are preferred, which do not use roller
A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
cones. Hole openers have cutter blocks or arms that
“go” and “no-go” ring gauges, a calibrated white light meter,
do not actuate during operation.
and a calibrated internal micrometer are required. For
calibration requirements, see section 2.16.
Both underreamers and hole openers may have
3.6.6 Preparation
milled tooth, PDC, or tungsten carbide inserts (TCI)
a. Each
cutter
block
arm shallonbethe
removed
from
which
may
varyor
depending
formation
to the
be
reamer
body
if
possible
without
damage
to
the
tool.
cut.
If a cutter arm consists of separate bodies connected
d.
Cutter
Blocks:
Cutter
are mounted
with
through
hinge
pin(s),
eachBlocks
body shall
be disassembled
cutting structures made of polycrystalline diamond
from the other by removing the hinge pin(s).
compact (PDC). These are often subjected to high
loads
andblock
vibration.
b. Each
cutter
or arm shall be uniquely serialized,
a legible
stamping
included
on the arm/block
e.with
Cutter
Arms:
Cutter Arms
are moveable
arms that
body.
Components
with
no
serialization
shall to
be
are configured to move outwardly in response
rejected
unlessofthe
waives
this requirement.
actuation
thecustomer
expandable
downhole
tool.
c.
If theParts
reamer
dictates
3.6.3
ofdesign
a Cutter
Blockthat a cutter block/arm
be installed in a specific pocket/slot in the reamer
a.body,
Rows:
Cutterblock/arm
rows are protrusions
thelegible
cutter
the cutter
shall have afrom
unique
block identifier
or cutter arm
that contain
pockets
to house
stamped
matching
it to the
corresponding
cutters
or inserts.
A leading
or front row is the row
cutter
pocket
in the reamer
body.
of the reamer cutter block/arm facing the direction
rotation
and willincluding
be the first
to contact
the
arm/block,
d. Theofcutter
therow
cutting
structures
formation
the reamer
rotated.
A cutter
block
(PDC
or rollerascone
cutters)isshall
be clean
so that
no
may
have
one
or
more
rows
of
cutters
behind
the
scale, mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the surfaces
with a clean rag.
Backreaming
Cutting Structure
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Gauge
Pad/Stabilizer
Fluid Flow Path
Wear
Elements
PDC Cutters
Grooves for
Actuation
Trailing Row of
Cutters
Leading Row
of Cutters
Figure
of a reamer cutter block.
Figure 3.6.3.1 Rendering
of a 3.X.1:
reamerRendering
cutter block.
29 7
© Bureau Veritas North America, Inc
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Backreaming
cutting structure
Hinge pin for
cutter block
Leading row
of cutters
Trailing row
of cutter
Figure 3.6.4.1 Rendering of a hinge-type reamer PDC cutter block.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.6.4.2 Pictures of a roller cone reamer arm and hole opener arms with milled tooth and TCI cutting structures.
e. The cutter arm/block shall be free of paint and shall
be clean so that the surface is visible and no surface
particles larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can
be broken loose with a fingernail.
f. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light intensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
• At the start of each inspection;
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
• When there is a change in relative position of the
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
• When requested by the customer or a designated
representative; and
• Upon completion of the inspection.
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all
components inspected since the last white light
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected.
30
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
3.6.7.1 Visual Inspection
a. The entire cutter block or arm shall be visually
inspected. Cracks and other damages shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria in either section
3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection or section
3.8 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection, as applicable.
b. Cutting structures (PDC and roller cone cutters) on
each cutter block or arm shall be visually inspected.
Cracks and other damages shall be evaluated using the
acceptance criteria in section 3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection,
3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, or 3.11 Roller Cone Cutter
Inspection, as applicable.
3.6.7.2 Dimensional Inspection
Ring Gauging shall be performed after assembly of the
cutter blocks or arms into the reamer.
As applicable, check the diameters of the reamer cutter
blocks/arms in both the fully expanded and fully collapsed conditions by using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For
accurate measurement, the temperature of the “go” and
“no-go” gauges shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit
of the reamer/hole opener after being stabilized for at
least 30 minutes. The “go” and “no-go” gauges shall be
fabricated from 1 inch steel and shall have an OD equal
to the nominal reamer size plus at minimum 1-1/2
inches. (Aluminum gauges are allowed if the nominal
reamer size is greater than 30 inches.) The IDs of the
gauges shall be the:
• Maximum fully expanded reamer size (or hole
opener size) +0.002 inch (clearance) with a
tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the “go”
gauge; and
• Minimum fully expanded reamer/hole opener size
-0.002 inch (interference) with a tolerance of +0
inches, -0.003 inch for the “no-go” gauge.
• Fully collapsed reamer size +0.002 inch (clearance)
with a tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the
“go” gauge; and
• Fully collapsed reamer/hole opener size -0.002
inch (interference) with a tolerance of +0 inches,
-0.003 inch for the “no-go” gauge. (This no-go
gauging may not be needed depending on the
tool design).
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
The IDs of the ring gauges shall be verified using the
internal micrometer. The “go” gauge shall be carefully
applied over the length of the reamer/hole opener with a
force which does not exceed the weight of the ring gauge.
For acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over
the reamer gauge section and the reamer gauge region
shall not pass through the “no-go” gauge.
3.6.7.3 Liquid Penetrant Inspection
Inspect the entire reamer block or arm body in accordance with section 3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection.
Cracks and other damages shall be evaluated using the
acceptance criteria in either section 3.7 Reamer Block
& Arm 1 Inspection or section 3.8 Reamer Block &
Arm 2 Inspection, as applicable. If liquid penetrant is
used to inspect PDC cutters, cracks and other damages
shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria in section
3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection or 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, as
applicable.
3.7
Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection
3.7.1 Scope
Visual Inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
techniques shall be used to examine the entire body of a
used reamer block or arm.
3.7.2 Cracks & Porosity
The entire body of the reamer block or arm shall be
examined for cracking, which will be evaluated as follows:
• Hardfacing: Any cracks in the hardfacing are
acceptable as long as the cracks do not propagate
into the base metal. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks are included in Table 3.2.3,
Figures 3.2.3.1.1 – 3.2.3.1.10. Any void or pore
on any part of any row that exceeds 1/16 inch in
any major direction or depth shall be cause for
rejection.
• Base Metal: Any cracks in the reamer block or
arm body, including retention/activation features,
dovetail grooves or hinge pin holes, shall be cause
for rejection. Examples of rejectable cracks in
the base metal are shown in Table 3.2.3, Figures
3.2.3.2.1 – 3.2.3.2.11.
• Closed Loop Surface Marks: A surface mark that
forms a closed loop shall be acceptable on any
part of the base metal as long as the entirety of
the closed loop can be visually verified when the
reamer block or arm is inspected. Examples of
31
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.6.7 Applicable Inspection Procedures
The following inspections shall be performed:
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
permissible as long as they do not extend into the
base metal. A hairline crack is defined as a fine
crack that cannot be caught with a fingernail. Any
void or pore on any part of any blade that exceeds
1/16 inch in any major direction or depth shall be
cause for rejection. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.3.3, Figures
3.3.3.1.1 – 3.3.3.1.9.
acceptable closed loop surface marks are shown in
Table 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.4.1 and 3.2.3.4.2.
3.7.3 Repair of Cracks & Porosity
Any cracks, voids, or pores in the hardfacing which are
cause for rejection per paragraph 3.7.2 may be repaired
by welding provided that they are repaired in accordance
with the tool owner’s written Weld Procedure Specification
(WPS). These procedures and supporting documents, such
as Procedure Qualification Reports (PQRs) and Welder
Performance Qualification (WPQ) records, shall be made
available to the customer or a customer representative upon
request. Repair of cracks in base metal is not permitted
during inspection or maintenance.
• Base Metal: Any crack shall be cause for rejection.
Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in Table
3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.2.1– 3.3.3.2.12.
• Closed Loop Surface Marks: A surface mark that
forms a closed loop shall be acceptable on any
part of the base metal as long as the entirety of
the closed loop can be visually verified when the
reamer block or arm is inspected. Examples of
acceptable closed loop surface marks are shown in
Table 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.4.1 and 3.3.3.4.2.
3.7.4 Wear & Erosion
The entire body of the reamer block or arm shall be
examined for wear and erosion, which will be evaluated
as follows:
• If a depth of cut management element is present
in the gauge area, then it may be ground in order
to pass the ring gauging inspection. This shall be
acceptable if the grinding is relatively uniform and
possibly present on a nearby reamer block or arm.
3.8
Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection
3.8.1 Scope
Visual Inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
techniques shall be used to examine the body of a new
reamer block or arm. The acceptance criteria for the new
reamer block or arm may also apply to the body of a used
reamer block or arm, if this application is requested by
the customer.
3.8.2 Cracks & Porosity
The entire body of the reamer block or arm shall be
examined for cracking, which will be evaluated as follows:
• Hardfacing: Any crack shall be cause for rejection, except hairline cracks in the hardfacing are
3.8.3 Wear & Erosion
The reamer block or arm body shall feature no signs of wear.
However, if a depth of cut management element is present
in the gauge area, then it may be ground in order to pass
the ring gauging inspection. This shall be acceptable if the
grinding is relatively uniform and possibly present on a
nearby reamer block or arm. An example of a depth of cut
management element in the gauge area with a ground tip
is shown in Figure 3.3.5.1 included in Table 3.3.5.
3.9
Roller Cone General Bit Inspection
3.9.1 Scope
This procedure covers the inspection of new and used
roller cone drilling bits, including bit connections and the
bit bodies. The types of bits covered by this procedure are
defined in section 3.9.3. This procedure does not cover the
inspection of hybrid bits or hammer bits.
3.9.2 Parts of Roller Cone Bits
The following definitions will apply to the various parts
of roller cone bits. All figures feature a Tungsten Carbide
Insert (TCI) roller cone bit with three cones, i.e. a tri-cone
bit. Roller cone bits consist of three major components: 1)
the roller cones (including the cutting structure), 2) the bit
legs, and 3) the bearings and seals.
a. Roller Cones: Roller cone(s) contain the cutting
elements that gouge and shear the formation. These
cutting elements can either be hard-faced steel teeth
machined into the roller cones (for milled tooth bits)
32
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
• The reamer block/arm body, including the gauge
pads, may feature minor wear or erosion, and the
wear elements may have slight damage. Any depth
of cut management element that is non-replaceable
may have minor wear, but any replaceable depth
of cut management element shall be free of wear
or other damage. A gauge pad with a step or taper
design or a combination of these is acceptable. The
nozzle ports may exhibit minor wear or erosion.
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
b. Bit Legs: The bit legs secure the cones and contain the
nozzles and, in case of compensated sealed bearing
assemblies, the pressure compensation system for the
bearing assembly. The bit legs are forged from alloy
steel. The bearing pin is selectively case hardened to
provide a hard, wear resistant interface surface for the
roller cone bearings.
c. Bearings and Seals: Bearings and seals are located
inside the roller cone to enable it to turn around the
bearing pin. The cones are mounted on either roller
or journal bearings. The bearings could be non-sealed,
or sealed using elastomer or metal face seals. The cone
is secured to the bit leg by the ball lock mechanism.
Matching ball races are machined into the bearing
and cone respectively. The bit leg also has a ball plug
hole drilled from the shirttail side of the bit leg into
the ball race in the bearing. The ball plug and ball
bearings are made from heat-treated carbon and
alloy steels.
ball assembly.
plug hole The
is welded
system
for theThe
bearing
bit legsshut
are after
installation
of
ball
bearings
and
ball
plug.
forged from alloy steel. The bearing pin is
c.
f. Reservoir Cap: The pressure reservoir cap acts as a
mechanical barrier between the lubricant reservoir
and the downhole environment.
g. Fill Plug: The fill plug allows filling of the reservoir
during the assembly/refurbishing of the roller cone
bit. The fill plug may also contain a one-way check
valve to permit egress of lubricant to prevent excessive
pressure buildup in the lubricant reservoir.
h. Dome Area: The inner region of the bit. Fluid communication may exist between the lubricant pressure
compensation system and the dome area to allow
dynamic pressure compensation during operations.
i. Crows Foot: The central inner region of a roller cone
bit where the three leg seam welds intersect.
j. Ball Plug Weld: Weld to secure the ball plug hole after
installation of ball bearings and ball plug.
k. Shirttail: The leading edge of a roller cone bit leg
that will come in contact with formation and may
suffer wear as a result. Roller cone shirt-tails usually
have a hard-facing or TCI inserts to protect from
excessive wear.
excessive pressure buildup in the lubricant
selectively case hardened to provide a hard, wear
l. Shirttail
Hard Facing: Hard facing is usually applied
reservoir.
to the leading edges of the shirttail area to prevent
h. Dome wear
Area:in
The
premature
theinner
baseregion
metal.of the bit. Fluid
Bearings and Seals: Bearings and seals are located
m. Leg pressure
Back: The
trailing edge/surface
of athe
roller
cone
compensation
system and
dome
area
to that
allowcomes
dynamic
pressure
compensation
during
bit leg
in contact
with
the borehole
wall.
d.resistant
The internal
surface
near
thecone
bit centerline
Plenum:interface
surface
for the
roller
where
the
three
legs
meet.
This
surface
is
visible when
bearings.
one looks straight down the pin (or box) end of the bit.
the roller
enable it
to turn
around into
Reservoir
e. inside
Bore:cone
The to
reservoir
bore
is machined
the
are mounted
ongrease
either and,
thebearing
forged pin.
leg toThe
actcones
as a receptacle
for the
roller
or
journal
bearings.
The
bearings
could
be for
when present, the pressure compensation system
non-sealed,
or
sealed
using
elastomer
or
metal
the grease that lubricates the bearings as theface
roller
seals.
cone
is secured to the bit leg by the ball
coneThe
bit is
rotated.
lock mechanism. Matching ball races are machined
communication may exist between the lubricant
operations.
n. Gauge Protection Inserts: Tungsten carbide inserts
i. Crows
inner of
region
of alegs
rollerto
press
fittedFoot:
into The
the central
OD surface
the bit
cone
bit
where
the
three
leg
seam
welds
intersect.
mitigate wear in the legs.
j.
Ball Plug Weld: Weld to secure the ball plug hole
Ball Bearings
Tungsten Carbide
Inserts
Threaded Pin
Connection
Reservoir Bore
Ball Bearing Hole
Roller Cone
Figure 3.9.2.1 Cross-sectional
drawing
depicting elements
of adepicting
roller coneelements
bit leg. of a roller cone bit leg.
Figure 3.X:
Cross-sectional
drawing
into the bearing and cone respectively. The bit leg
also has a ball plug hole drilled from the shirttail
side of the bit leg into the ball race in the bearing.
The ball plug and ball bearings are made from heat-
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
k.
after installation of ball bearings and ball plug.
33
Shirttail: The leading edge of a roller cone bit leg
that will come in contact with formation and may
suffer wear as a result. Roller cone shirt-tails
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
or tungsten carbide inserts press-fitted into cones (for
TCI bits). The cones are rough forged from wrought
alloy steel before being machined and (in most cases)
case hardened to make them resistant to wear and
shock loading.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
o. Seam Weld: After forging, machining, and assembly
of the roller cones on the bit legs, the bit legs (also
called bit palms or bit thirds at this stage) are welded
together using a seam weld.
f. Open Bearing Roller Cone Bits: Open roller bearings
do not have seals to protect the bearings from drilling
mud or debris.
g. Air-Cooled Roller Bearings: Air cooled bits have air
passages that supply air to the bearings for cooling,
cleaning, and lubricating the bearings.
q. Gauge Row: Also referred to as Heel Row. The gauge
row contains the most critical cutting structure of the
roller cone bit. The cutters in the gauge row must cut
the corners of the wellbore, i.e. both the bottom of
the wellbore and its diameter. Both milled tooth and
insert type bits can use either tungsten carbide or
diamond-enhanced inserts on the gauge row.
h. Sealed Roller Bearing: Sealed roller bearings have
seal(s) protecting the bearings from downhole
fluids and debris while maintaining the necessary
lubricating medium in the bearing. A pressure
compensator system prevents the seals and bearings
from experiencing sudden pressure changes and
prevents the leakage of lubricant.
r. Staggered Insert Row: TCI are arranged in a staggered manner to maximize the gauging action and
prevent tracking into the grooves/craters created by
the previous inserts.
i. Sealed Journal Bearing: Sealed journal bearings may
have a floating bushing instead of ball bearings. The
bushing is usually made from material with high
resistance to heat and galling.
s. Spearpoint: The innermost cutting structure of a
milled tooth bit.
3.9.4 Inspection Apparatus
A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
a calibrated white light intensity meter, a “go” ring gauge,
a “no-go” ring gauge, and a calibrated internal micrometer
are required. The white light meter and internal micrometer
shall have been calibrated according to section 2.16.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
p. Dome Weld: The seam weld on the inner/central
region of the roller cone bit.
3.9.3 Types of Roller Cone Bits
Unlike fixed cutter bits, roller cone bits contain one or
more roller cone(s) that roll around as the bottom hole
assembly is rotated. One or more roller cones contain
cutting structures that dig into and gouge the formation.
The major types of roller cone bits are:
a. Mono Cone Bit: Mono cone bits were first used in
the 1930s and consist of a single roller cone mounted
on a large bearing. The design, while having several
theoretical advantages, is not generally used in oil &
gas drilling operations.
b. Two Cone Bit: As the name suggests, two-cone bits
consists of two cones mounted on large bearings. Two
cone bits, while uncommon, are sometimes used in
special applications.
c. Three Cone (Tri-cone) Bit: The majority of roller cone
bits use three roller cones.
d. Milled-Tooth Bits: The cutting structure in a milled
tooth bit is made of steel teeth (usually covered in a
layer of hard-facing) that are machined directly into
forged roller cones.
e. Tungsten Carbide Insert (TCI) Bits: The cutting
structure of TCI bits comprises of tungsten carbide
inserts press-fitted into pockets machined in the
roller cones.
3.9.5 Preparation
a. Each bit shall be uniquely serialized with a legible
stamping in the breaker slot (if present) or other
acceptable area. If the serial number is illegible, the
bit shall be rejected.
b. The bit connection shall be clean so that no scale,
mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the thread or
shoulder surfaces with a clean rag.
c. The bit body shall be free of paint and shall be
clean so that the surface is visible and no surface
particles larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can
be broken loose with a fingernail. If paint needs to
be removed from the bit body, the removal method
must not damage elastomer seals. Media blasting is
not recommended to avoid abrasive particles in the
bearing system.
d. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light intensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
• At the start of each inspection;
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
34
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
• When there is a change in relative position of the
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
• When requested by the customer or a designated
representative; and
• Upon completion of the inspection.
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all
components inspected since the last white light
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected.
e. Cones on a roller cone bit shall be fully rotated to
ensure that paint, rust, and debris from all accessible
surfaces and cutting structures is fully removed. Any
compacted cuttings and hardened drilling mud shall
be removed from the grease insert ports and between
the roller cones and legs.
3.9.6
Applicable Inspection Procedures
3.9.6.1 Visual Inspection
a. Visual Connection Inspection: Inspect the bit connection in accordance with section 3.12 Visual Bit
Connection Inspection.
b. The entire bit body shall be visually inspected. Cracks
and other damages shall be evaluated using the
acceptance criteria in section 3.10 Roller Cone Bit
Body Inspection.
c. Each cutting element and roller cone shall be visually inspected. Cracks and other damages shall be
evaluated using the acceptance criteria in section 3.11
Roller Cone Cutter Inspection.
d. The bit connection is not required to have a Stress
Relief Feature (SRF), such as a Stress Relief Groove
(SRG), regardless of its size and connection type
unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are present,
they shall be evaluated in accordance with section 3.12
Visual Bit Connection Inspection.
3.9.6.2 Dimensional Inspection
a. Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection: Inspect
the bit connection in accordance with section 3.13
Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection.
b. Ring Gauging: Check the bit diameter of the bit by
using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For accurate measurement, the temperature of the “go” and “no-go” gauges
shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit of the bit shank
after being stabilized for at least 30 minutes. The “go”
and “no-go” gauges shall be fabricated from 1 inch
steel and shall have an OD equal to the nominal bit
size plus at minimum 1-1/2 inches. The IDs of the
gauges shall be the:
• Maximum bit size (as defined by API Spec 7-1
or the manufacturer’s specification) +0.002 inch
(clearance) with a tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0
inches for the “go” gauge; and
• Nominal bit size -0.002 inch (interference) with a
tolerance of +0 inches, -0.003 inch for the “no-go”
gauge.
The IDs of the ring gauges shall be verified using the
internal micrometer. The “go” gauge shall be carefully
applied over the length of the bit with a force which
does not exceed the weight of the ring gauge. For
acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over
the bit and the bit shall not pass through the “no-go”
gauge.
c. The bit connection is not required to have an SRF,
such as an SRG, regardless of its size and connection
type unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are
present, they shall be evaluated in accordance with
section 3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection.
3.9.6.3 Blacklight Connection Inspection
Inspect the bit connection in accordance with section
3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection. Any cracks in
the threads are cause for rejection. Grinding to remove
cracks is not permitted. Cracks and other indications in
a location past the interface between the threads and the
bit body shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria
in section 3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection.
3.9.6.4 Pressure Testing
Perform hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure testing on
roller cone bit in accordance with section 3.16 Pressure
Testing of Roller Cone Bits. A drop in pressure that
exceeds the acceptance criteria of the bit supplier shall
be a cause for rejection.
3.9.6.5 Functional Testing
Rotate each cone in accordance with section 3.17
Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits. Free rotating roller
cone(s) shall be a cause for rejection unless specifically
allowed by the manufacturer’s written procedures.
35
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
3.10
Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection
3.10.1 Scope
Visual inspection and hydrostatic pressure testing shall be
used to examine the body of a new or used roller cone bit.
3.10.2 Seam Weld
Seam welds on roller cone bits are partial penetration
welds by design. The internal seams of these welds are not
required to be welded.
3.10.2.1 Visual Inspection of External Seam Weld
a. Porosity: Spherical or oval type of voids filled with
gas or air. The maximum pore size shall be 3/32 inch.
[2.4 mm] in diameter, length, or depth.
b. Slag Inclusions: Spherical or oval type of inclusions
filled with slag. The maximum inclusion size shall
be 3/32 inch [2.4 mm] in diameter, length, or depth
(when it can be measured).
c. Crack-Like Indications: Cracks or crack-like indications visible to the unaided eye in the weld are not
allowed. Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in
Table 3.3.6, Figures 3.3.6.2.
d. Visible interruptions at the intersection of vertical
seam welds along the OD of the legs and the dome
welds are acceptable. Examples of acceptable intersections are shown Table 3.3.6, Figures 3.3.6.1.
e. Overlap of final weld pass onto leg surface is acceptable. Undercut, lack of welding, and/or weld which
does not contour to the weld grooves in the legs are
acceptable. Example of acceptable welding is shown
in Table 3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.3.
3.10.2.2 Visual Inspection of Internal Seam Weld
Internal seams can have varying gap widths, and visual
seams based on the design geometry are acceptable.
Porosity, slag inclusions, and linear indications on the
internal seams are acceptable.
3.10.3
Bit Leg
3.10.3.1 Visual Inspection of Roller Cone Bit Leg
The ball hole plug weld must prevent drilling fluid
contaminants from entering the system or allowing
grease to escape. Ball plug welds must be leak free. Signs
of grease leakage or drilling fluid ingress through the
grease plug shall be cause for rejection.
a. 100% fill of the ball hole weld cavity is required.
b. The ball plug hole weld shall be visually inspected
to insure it is free of defects (cracks, porosity, voids,
lack of tie-in to parent metal, etc) or any severe
discontinuities in the weld surface.
c. Crater crack(s) near the center of the ball hole plug
weld are acceptable if the crack(s) does not intersect
the weld boundary. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks in ball plug hole weld are shown in
Table 3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.4 – 3.3.6.5.
d. The ball hole weld shall not extend beyond the
minimum bit gauge diameter.
e. Cracks in shirt-tail hardfacing which do not enter
the base metal are acceptable.
f. Visible cracks in the base metal of shirt-tail, between
gauge protection inserts or other bit leg surfaces are
not acceptable. Examples of acceptable and rejectable
indications in shirt tail hardfacing are shown in Table
3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.4 – 3.3.6.5.
3.10.4 Repair of Cracks and Porosity
Any cracks, voids, or porosity in the hardfacing which
is cause for rejection may be repaired provided that it
is repaired in accordance with the tool owner’s written
Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) and does not affect
the integrity of lubricants and seals for sealed roller cone
bearings. These procedures and supporting documents, such
as Procedure Qualification Reports (PQRs) and Welder
Performance Qualification (WPQ) records shall be made
available to the customer or a customer representative
upon request.
3.11
Roller Cone Cutter Inspection
3.11.1 Scope
Visual Inspection and a Rotation Test (procedure 3.17)
shall be used to examine the roller cones and cutting
structure on both new and used roller cone bits and reamer
arms.
3.11.2 Visual Inspection of TCI Roller Cones
Any visible crack on tungsten carbide inserts or on any
steel surface of a cone for TCI roller cones shall be cause
for rejection.
36
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
b. Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing which are not
parallel to the tooth crest and which do not propagate
into the base metal are acceptable. Examples of
acceptable cracks are shown in Table 3.5.4, Figure
3.5.4.2.
c. Visible cracks in milled tooth hardfacing which enter
the base metal shall be cause for rejection. Examples
of rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.5.4, Figures
3.5.4.3.
d. Visible cracks in milled tooth hardfacing parallel to
the tooth crest can lead to hardfacing bond failure and
shall be cause for rejection. An example of a rejectable
crack is shown in Table 3.5.4, Figure 3.5.4.4.
e. The acceptance criteria for porosities in the hardfacing
on the ground gauge surface of milled tooth cones is
defined in Tables 3.5.5 and Table 3.5.6, Figure 3.5.5.
3.11.4 Repair of Cracks and Porosity
Any cracks, voids, or porosity in the hardfacing which
is cause for rejection per section 3.11.3 may be repaired
provided that it is repaired in accordance with the tool
owner’s written Weld Procedure Specification (WPS)
and does not affect the integrity of lubricants and seals
for sealed roller cone bearings. These procedures and
supporting documents, such as Procedure Qualification
Reports (PQRs) and Welder Performance Qualification
(WPQ) records shall be made available to the customer
or a customer representative upon request.
3.12
Visual Bit Connection Inspection
3.12.1 Scope
This procedure covers visual examination of rotary
shouldered bit connections to evaluate the condition of the
seal, threads, hardfacing, and bevel, as applicable. Although
most bits feature pin connections, this procedure covers
requirements for both pin and box connections, depending
on which is present. This procedure also covers the visual
examination of Stress Relief Features (SRF), the acceptance
criteria for which are only applicable if an SRF is present.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
This procedure does not cover CWD bits and may not
cover diamond bits.
3.12.2 Inspection Apparatus
A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
a metal straightedge, a calibrated white light intensity
meter, calibrated angle gauges, a calibrated hardened and
ground thread profile gauge, and OD calipers are required.
A calibrated lead gauge and a calibrated standard lead
template are also required. For calibration requirements,
see section 2.16.
3.12.3 Preparation
Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or
lubricant can be wiped from the thread or shoulder surfaces
with a clean rag.
3.12.4 Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
All connections shall meet the following requirements.
a. Hardbanding: When present on the OD of a box
connection, hardbanding shall extend no more than
3/16 inch above the surface with no broken or missing
areas larger than 1/8 inch across any major dimension.
Hairline cracks in the hardbanding are permissible as
long as the cracks do not extend into the base metal.
A hairline crack is defined as a fine crack that cannot
be caught with a fingernail. Protruding carbide chips
or beads are not allowed, unless permitted by the
customer. When conflicts arise between this standard
and the hardbanding manufacturer’s field inspection
requirements, the hardbanding manufacturer’s field
inspection requirements shall apply.
b. Cracks: All connections shall be free of visible cracks
and heat checking, except that hairline cracks in
hardfacing are acceptable if they do not extend into
the base metal. Grinding to remove cracks is not
permissible.
c. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light intensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
• At the start of each inspection;
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
• When there is a change in relative position of the
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
37
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.11.3 Visual Inspection of Milled Tooth Roller
Cones
a. Any visible crack(s) in the steel surface of a milled
tooth roller cone shall be cause for rejection. Examples
of rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.5.4, Figure
3.5.4.1.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
• Upon completion of the inspection.
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all
components inspected since the last white light
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected.
d. Thread Compound and Thread Protectors: Acceptable
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces,
including the end of a pin connection. Thread protectors with threads shall be applied and secured with
between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds of
torque. The thread protectors shall be free of debris.
If additional inspection of the threads or shoulders
will be performed prior to movement, the application
of thread compound and thread protectors may
be postponed until completion of the additional
inspection.
3.12.5 API & Similar Non-Proprietary Connections
In addition to the requirements of section 3.12.4, API
and similar non-proprietary connections shall meet the
following requirements.
a. Bevel Width: An approximate 45 degree OD bevel
at least 1/32 inch wide shall be present for the full
circumference of the pin or box connection.
b. Thread Surfaces: Acceptance criteria for pitting on
thread roots and other thread surfaces for connections with SRFs are covered in paragraph 3.12.5.c.
Acceptance criteria for pitting on thread roots and
other thread surfaces for connections without SRFs
are included in paragraph 3.12.5.d. Thread surfaces
shall be free of other imperfections that appear to
either penetrate below the thread root, occupy more
than 1-1/2 inches in length along any thread helix,
or exceed 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch in diameter.
Raised protrusions shall be removed with a hand
file or “soft” (nonmetallic) buffing wheel. The thread
profile shall be checked after any buffing or filing of
the threads.
c. Thread Root and Surface Pitting Criteria for
Connections with Stress Relief Features: No pitting
is allowed in the roots of any threads that are within
1-1/2 inches from the last scratch. Pitting is allowed
in other thread roots and stress relief surfaces as long
as the pits do not occupy more than 1-1/2 inches in
length along any thread helix and no pit has a depth
that exceeds 1/32 inch and no pit has a diameter that
exceeds 1/8 inch. Built up corrosion shall be removed
from SRFs with emery paper or a flapper wheel to
determine the surface condition of the SRF. Any
stencil or stamp marking on a stress relief surface
shall be cause for rejection.
• Location of the Last Scratch: Figure 3.12.5.1
shows an example of an API box connection with
an SRF. The last scratch on a box connection with
an SRF is created by the machining insert when
machining the Box Boreback (BBB). The BBB
results in truncated threads at the back of the box
connection with gradually reducing height. The last
thread eventually runs out at the BBB, creating the
last scratch. To locate the last scratch, rotate the
connection until the last thread runout on the BBB
is visible. Figure 3.12.5.2 shows an example of an
API pin connection with an SRF. The last scratch is
created by the intersection of the machined radius
of the SRF and the flank of the last thread. To
locate the last scratch, rotate the connection until
the mark made from the machining the radius is
visible, as shown in figure 3.12.5.2.
• Measure 1-1/2 inches as shown in Figures 3.12.5.3
and 3.12.5.4. Because threads on the connection
follow a helix, there will be areas at which the
thread root may mostly fall within 1-1/2 inches
from the last scratch, but part of the same thread
Last scratch
Last thread running
out on boreback
Figure 3.12.5.1 Locating the last scratch on BHA box connection
with SRF.
38
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
• When requested by the customer or a designated
representative; and
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
d. Thread Root and Surface Pitting Criteria for
Connections without Stress Relief Features: No
pitting is allowed on the roots of any threads that
are within 2 inches from the last scratch. Pitting is
allowed on other thread roots, on the region between
the pin shoulder and the last scratch, on the box
taper behind the last scratch, on the last scratch, and
on the root of the last full-height thread of the box
connection (or the first full-height thread from the
last scratch). Pits shall not occupy more than 1-1/2
inches in length along any thread helix and no pit
shall have a depth that exceeds 1/32 inch and no pit
shall have a diameter that exceeds 1/8 inch.
• Location of the Last Scratch: Figure 3.12.5.5
shows an example of an API pin connection
without an SRF. The last scratch is created by the
machining insert as it is slowly pulled out, leaving
an imperfect thread at the back of the connection.
To locate the last scratch, rotate the connection
until the last mark made by the machining insert
is visible.
Machined
radius
No pitting allowed
1-1/2"
Pitting allowed
within constraints
Last
scratch
Figure 3.12.5.3 Measuring 1-1/2" from the last scratch on BHA
box connection with SRF.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
root may be greater than 1-1/2 inches from the
last scratch. In such cases, no pitting is allowed on
that thread root, even on the portions that may be
greater than 1-1/2 inches from the last scratch.
An example of this is shown in Figures 3.12.5.3
and 3.12.5.4, in which the line labeled “No pitting
allowed” is extended slightly beyond 1-1/2 inches
(to the crest of the next thread) in order to cover
the entire thread root.
Pitting allowed
No pitting allowed within constraints
1-1/2"
Figure 3.12.5.4 Measuring 1-1/2" from the last scratch on BHA
pin connection with SRF.
Last scratch
Gradually fading machining
tool mark as the tool is
slowly pulled out
Last
scratch
Mark made
from
machining
the radius
Figure 3.12.5.2 Locating the last scratch on BHA pin connection
with SRF.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.12.5.5 Identifying the last scratch on drill pipe pin
connection without SRF.
39
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
• Measure 2 inches from the last scratch, as shown in
Figure 3.12.5.6. Because threads on the connection
follow a helix, there will be areas at which the
thread root may mostly fall within 2 inches from
the last scratch, but part of the same thread root
may be greater than 2 inches from the last scratch.
In such cases, no pitting is allowed on that thread
root, even on the portions that may be greater than
2 inches from the last scratch. An example of this is
shown in Figure 3.12.5.6, in which the line labeled
“No pitting allowed” is extended slightly beyond
2 inches (to crest of the next thread) in order to
cover the entire thread root.
Last scratch
No pitting allowed
Pitting allowed
within constraints
Figure 3.12.5.6 Measuring 2" from the last scratch on BHA
pin connection without SRF.
e. Box Swell: A straightedge shall be placed along the
longitudinal axis on the OD of a box connection. If
a visible gap exists between the straightedge and the
box OD, then the box OD shall be measured using
the calipers. Compare the OD at the bevel to the
OD 2 inches ±1/2 inch away from the bevel. If the
OD at the bevel is greater by 1/32 inch or more, the
connection shall be rejected.
f. Seal Surfaces: The seal surfaces shall be free of raised
metal or corrosion deposits detected visually or by
rubbing a metal scale or fingernail across the surface.
Any pitting or interruptions of the seal surface
that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch in depth or
occupy more than 20% of the seal width at any given
location are rejectable. No filing of the seal shoulders
is permissible.
g. Refacing: If refacing is necessary, only enough material to correct the damage shall be removed. Refacing
limits are 1/32 inch on any one removal and 1/16 inch
cumulatively. If existing benchmarks indicate that the
shoulder has been refaced beyond the maximum, the
connection shall be rejected.
h. Pin Thread Profile: The profile gauge shall mesh with
the thread load and stab flanks of a pin connection so
that no light is visible at any of the flanks or thread
roots. Visible gaps estimated to be no greater than
1/16 inch on no more than two thread crests are
permissible. Uniform flank wear estimated to be
less than 0.010 inch is permissible. However, any
visible gaps at the thread flanks will require pin lead
measurement per paragraph 3.12.5.i. Two thread
profile checks 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart shall be
made on each connection.
i. Pin Lead: If the thread profile gauge indicates that
a pin connection is stretched, the pin lead shall be
measured over a 2-inch interval beginning at the first
full-depth thread nearest the shoulder. Pin stretch
shall not exceed 0.006 inch over the 2-inch length.
Two lead checks 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart shall
be made.
j. Box Taper: The taper at the back of a box connection
shall be visually inspected. All inner diameter tapers
originating from a box thread shall be at an angle
of 30 degrees maximum from the centerline axis of
the connection. No burr, lip, or edge greater than the
allowable angle tolerance is acceptable.
k. Shoulder Squareness: If a 360 degree benchmark is
present on a pin or box connection, then the relative
position of the seal surface to the benchmark shall
be checked around the full circumference. If there is
a variation in the distance between the benchmark
and the seal surface (indicating a possible lack of
alignment) that is visually estimated to exceed 1/64
inch, then the connection shall be rejected.
l. Pitting in the Pin Inside Diameter: The entire pin
inside diameter (ID) for a length exceeding the
threaded length shall be examined for pitting. Any
pit that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper
than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
Exception: This requirement does not apply to roller
cone bits. Seam welds in roller cone bits are partial
40
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
m. Shoulder Flatness: Box shoulder flatness shall be
verified by placing a straightedge across a diameter
of the shoulder and rotating the straightedge at least
180 degrees along the plane of the shoulder. Any
visible gaps shall be cause for rejection. This same
procedure shall be used with a pin connection with
the straightedge placed across a chord of the shoulder
surface. Any visible gaps between the straightedge
and the shoulder surface shall be cause for rejection.
3.13.4 Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for API
and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections
A Visual Bit Connection Inspection shall be performed in
conjunction with this inspection.
a. Box Outside Diameter: The Outside Diameter (OD)
of a box connection shall be measured 4 inches ±1/4
inch from the shoulder. At least two measurements
shall be taken spaced at intervals of 90 degrees ±10
degrees. The box OD requirements shall be specified
E1
E2
B
n. Pin Ends: Pin end surface cracks that are visible shall
be cause for rejection. Examples of rejectable cracks
on pin ends are depicted in Table 3.6.5, Figures
3.6.5.2 – 3.6.5.3.
H
I
3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection
Inspection
G
C
D
3.13.1 Scope
This procedure covers the dimensional inspection of rotary
shouldered bit connections. Although most bits feature pin
connections, this procedure covers requirements for both
pin and box connections, depending on which is present.
The dimensions covered in this procedure are illustrated in
Figure 3.13.1.1. These dimensions include those for SRFs,
the acceptance criteria for which are only applicable if an
SRF is present. This procedure does not cover CWD bits
and may not cover diamond bits or core bits. If the bit has
a proprietary connection not covered by this standard,
the connection manufacturer’s dimensional inspection
requirements shall apply.
3.13.2 Inspection Apparatus
A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
a metal straightedge, a calibrated hardened and ground
thread profile gauge, and ID and OD calipers are required.
For calibration requirements, see section 2.16.
3.13.3 Preparation
Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or
lubricant can be wiped from the thread or shoulder surfaces
with a clean rag.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
H (for HWDP only)
A
F2
F1
A
B
C
D
E1
E2
Box Outside Diameter
Pin Inside Diameter
Box Counterbore Diameter
Box Counterbore Depth
Pin Relief Groove Diameter
Pin Relief Groove Width
F1
F2
G
H
Boreback Cylinder Diameter
Boreback Cylinder Length
Bevel Diameter
Pin Length
Figure 3.13.1.1 Bit connection dimensions, shown with a pin SRG
and a Box Boreback.
41
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
penetration welds by design. Internal weld seams can
be misaligned or have gaps of varying widths. Visual
seams in pin connection IDs of roller cone bits are
acceptable. Examples of acceptable indications on pin
IDs of roller cone bits are depicted in Table 3.6.5,
Figure 3.6.5.1.
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
by the vendor. If no requirements for the box OD
are available from the vendor, then the box OD (in
combination with the pin ID) shall result in a BSR
within the customer’s specified range. Dimensions for
commonly specified BSR ranges are given in Table
3.7.4.1. BSR values for various connection types and
sizes are provided in Table 3.7.4.3.
b. Pin ID: The ID of a pin connection shall be measured
under the last thread nearest the shoulder ±1/4 inch.
At least two measurements shall be taken spaced
at intervals of 90 degrees ±10 degrees. The pin ID
requirements shall be specified by the vendor. If no
requirements for the pin ID are available from the
vendor, then the pin ID (in combination with the
box OD) shall result in a BSR within the customer’s
specified range. Dimensions for commonly specified
BSR ranges are given in Table 3.7.4.1. BSR values
for various connection types and sizes are provided
in Table 3.7.4.3.
Figure 3.13.4.1 Thread not fully formed as seen with light showing
between the profile gauge and the thread.
d. Box Counterbore Depth: The counterbore depth
shall be measured (including any ID bevel). The
counterbore depth shall meet requirements from
Table 3.7.4.1.
e. Pin SRG: If an SRG is present, the diameter and
width of the API pin SRG shall be measured and shall
meet the requirements from Table 3.7.4.1. The pin
SRG length shall be measured from the connection
shoulder to the crest of the first full thread by placing
the metal ruler on the thread taper square against the
connection shoulder, as depicted in Figures 3.13.4.1
– 3.13.4.3. The “first full thread” is defined as the
thread that is closest to the pin shoulder and reaches
the same height and thread profile as the second
thread. The location of the first full thread can be
identified by rotating the profile gauge until the
absolute minimum amount of light is visible between
the thread form and the profile gauge.
f. Box Boreback: If a Box Boreback (BBB) is present,
the diameter and length of the BBB cylinder shall
be measured and shall meet requirements from Table
3.7.4.1.
Figure 3.13.4.2 Lay thread profile gauge along thread taper and
rotate around the thread form until minimum light is visible
between the profile gauge and the first thread. At this point, the
thread is fully formed and is the "first full thread."
Figure 3.13.4.3 Square the ruler at the point of the first full thread
and take the measurement from the shoulder to the crest of the
first full thread.
42
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c. Box Counterbore Diameter: The box counterbore
diameter shall be measured as near as possible to
the shoulder (excluding any ID bevel or rolled
metal) at diameters 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart.
The counterbore diameter shall meet requirements
from Table 3.7.4.1.
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
g. Bevel Diameter: The bevel diameter of a PDC bit
shall be measured and shall meet requirements from
Table 3.7.4.1 or 3.7.4.2, as applicable.
b. Blacklight Equipment: A blacklight source and a
calibrated blacklight intensity meter are required. For
calibration requirements, see section 2.16.
h. Pin Length: For a pin connection with an SRG, the
length of the pin connection shall be measured and
shall meet requirements from Table 3.7.4.1.
c. An ASTM centrifuge tube and stand are required
unless a premixed can of solution is used.
i. Pin Neck Length: For a pin connection without an
SRG, the pin neck length, which is the distance from
the 90 degree pin shoulder to the crest of the first full
thread shall be measured. The pin neck length shall
not be greater than the counterbore depth minus
1/16 inch.
j. Thread Compound and Thread Protectors: All acceptable connections shall be coated with an acceptable
tool joint compound over all thread and shoulder
surfaces, including the end of a pin connection. Thread
protectors with threads shall be applied and secured
using between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds
of torque. The thread protectors shall be free of any
debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
shoulders will be performed prior to movement, the
application of thread compound and thread protectors
may be postponed until completion of the additional
inspection.
3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection
(MPI)
3.14.1 Scope
This procedure covers examination of ferromagnetic
connections for transverse surface flaws using the wet
fluorescent magnetic particle (blacklight) technique.
Although most bits feature pin connections, this procedure
covers requirements for both pin and box connections,
depending on which is present.
3.14.2 Inspection Apparatus
a. Particle Bath Mediums:
• Petroleum-based mediums which exhibit natural
fluorescence under blacklight shall not be used.
Diesel fuel and gasoline are not acceptable.
• Water-based mediums are acceptable if they wet
the surface without visible gaps. If incomplete
wetting occurs, additional cleaning, a new particle
bath, or the addition of more wetting agents may
be necessary.
d. Coil: A DC coil with a rated capability to induce a
longitudinal magnetic field of at least 1200 amp-turns
per inch of connection OD is required.
e. Required Magnetic Particle Field Indicators (MPFI)
include a pocket magnetometer and either a magnetic
flux indicator strip (Castrol strip) or a magnetic penetrameter (pie gauge).
f. A calibrated white light intensity meter shall be used
to verify illumination. For calibration requirements,
see section 2.16.
g. A mirror shall be used for the examination of box
thread roots, if the bit features a box connection. The
mirror may also be used for examination of the pin
ID, if the bit features a pin connection.
h. Booths or tarps shall be used to darken the area, if
necessary.
3.14.3 Preparation
All surfaces to be inspected shall be cleaned such that no
traces of grease, thread dope, corrosion products, or other
contaminants are detected by wiping with a dry, unused
white paper towel or tissue. Surfaces to be cleaned and
inspected include the entire machined areas of both pin
and box connections, including the entire pin ID from the
pin tip to the pin shoulder, a minimum of 1 inch beyond
the last thread in a box connection without an SRF, a
minimum of 1 inch beyond the last scratch in a box with
an SRF, and the external surfaces of a box.
3.14.4 Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
a. Particle concentration shall range from 0.1 to 0.4
milliliters per 100 milliliters when measured using
an ASTM 100 milliliter centrifuge tube, with a
minimum settling time of 30 minutes in water-based
carriers or 1 hour in petroleum-based carriers.
b. The blacklight intensity shall be measured with the
blacklight meter each time the light is turned on, after
every 8 hours of operation, and at the completion
of the inspection. The minimum intensity shall be
1,000 microwatts per square centimeter at 15 inches
43
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
from the light source or at the distance to be used for
inspection, whichever is greater.
c. The intensity of white light, measured at the inspection surface, shall not exceed 2 foot-candles.
d. Determine the polarity of the existing magnetic
field (if any) in each connection using the pocket
magnetometer. Mark each connection “+” (positive)
or “-” (negative), whichever applies. The magnetizing
coil shall be placed on the connection so as to reinforce
(not oppose) any field already present. Magnetizing
current activation and magnetic particle solution
application shall be performed simultaneously. The
solution shall be distributed over the area described
in paragraph 3.14.3. The magnetizing current shall
remain on for at least 2 seconds after the solution
has been distributed. The solution shall be agitated
before each application. Note: For tools racked in close
proximity, the solution shall be agitated within 3 minute
intervals during application.
e. Proper field magnitude and orientation shall be
verified under blacklight with either the magnetic flux
indicator strip or the magnetic penetrameter placed
on the internal surface of each connection while the
solution is being applied and the power is activated.
f. The inspection surfaces of the connection shall be examined under blacklight. Unless the bit is positioned
vertically, each bit shall be rolled to allow for 360
degrees of examination and to allow areas under solution “puddles” to be inspected. A mirror shall be used
to examine box thread roots, if applicable. Particular
attention should be given to the last engaged threads
of a pin or box connection.
g. Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Grinding
to remove cracks is not permitted, but areas with
questionable indications may be recleaned with a
nonmetallic and nonabrasive buffing wheel and reinspected. If the indication reappears, the connection
shall be rejected.
h. Thread Compound and Thread Protectors. All acceptable connections shall be coated with an acceptable
tool joint compound over all thread and shoulder
surfaces, including the end of a pin connection. Thread
protectors with threads shall be applied and secured
using between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds
44
of torque. The thread protectors shall be free of any
debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
shoulders will be performed prior to movement, the
application of thread compound and thread protectors
may be postponed until completion of the additional
inspection.
3.15
Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
3.15.1 Scope
This procedure covers the examination of the bit body
or reamer cutter body. Visible water-washable, solventremovable, or fluorescent water-washable, self-developing
penetrant techniques may be employed.
3.15.2 Inspection Apparatus
a. The penetrant and developer shall be from the same
manufacturer. The labeling on the penetrant materials
shall specify that the materials meet the sulfur and
halogen requirements of ASTM E165.
b. Dry powder or solvent-based (aqueous and nonaqueous) developers may be used for the visible
techniques.
c. The quality of the penetrant materials and inspection
procedure shall be verified by testing a cracked test
piece. The test piece may be a Liquid Penetrant
Comparator as described in Section V, ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code or a quench-cracked, 3/8
inch thick block of 2024-T3 aluminum alloy plate.
d. A calibrated white light intensity meter shall be used
to verify illumination. For calibration requirements,
see section 2.16.
e. Blacklight Equipment: A blacklight source and a
calibrated blacklight intensity meter are required.
For calibration requirements, see section 2.16. The
blacklight intensity shall be measured with the
blacklight meter each time the light is turned on, after
every 8 hours of operation, and at the completion
of the inspection. The minimum intensity shall be
1,000 microwatts per square centimeter at 15 inches
from the light source or at the distance to be used for
inspection, whichever is greater.
f. A white light source is required for the visible
techniques and shall be capable of producing a light
intensity of at least 50 foot-candles at the inspection
surface.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
3.15.3 Preparation
a. All surfaces to be inspected (including the test piece)
shall be cleaned such that no traces of grease, thread
dope, corrosion products, or other contaminants are
detected by wiping with a dry, unused white paper
towel or tissue. Surfaces to be cleaned and inspected
include the entire bit body, including the shank and
breaker slot. The cutters may also be subjected to
inspection using liquid penetrant. If any bleed-back
of residue from imperfections is noted, the inspection
area shall be recleaned.
b. Cleaning shall be accomplished by one of the following methods:
• Steam or hot water and detergent;
• Mineral spirits; or
• Commercial penetrant solvent.
c. After cleaning, the inspection surface shall be dried
to a degree that a dry, unused paper towel or tissue
rubbed on the surface does not absorb any moisture.
If something other than commercial penetrant solvent
is used, the surfaces shall receive final cleaning with
acetone, a methyl-ethyl ketone, or an equivalent
solvent.
d. The same cleaning and process steps shall be
performed on the connection and the test piece.
The test piece temperature shall be within 5 degrees
Fahrenheit of the temperature of the parts to be
inspected.
3.15.4 Penetrant Application
a. The test piece shall be inspected before the bit body.
If the cracks in the test piece are not visible, the
inspection shall not be performed on the bit body.
The cause of the failure shall be corrected and the test
piece successfully retested before proceeding.
b. The penetrant shall be applied over the areas identified
in paragraph 3.15.3.a.
c. The penetrant shall not be allowed to dry. Additional
penetrant may be applied to prevent drying but the
part shall be recleaned if the penetrant dries.
d. The dwell time (length of time the penetrant remains
on the surface of the bit body) shall be a minimum
of 10 minutes and a maximum of 60 minutes unless
the penetrant manufacturer’s recommendations are in
conflict. If this is the case, the manufacturer’s recommendations shall be used. For ambient temperatures
between 40 degrees Fahrenheit and 50 degrees
Fahrenheit, the dwell time shall be a minimum of 20
minutes. Penetrant testing shall not be performed if
the ambient temperature or component temperature
is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit nor greater than
125 degrees Fahrenheit.
3.15.5 Excess Penetrant Removal
a. Water-Washable Systems: The excess penetrant shall
be removed with a low pressure water spray, having
a pressure of less than 40 pounds per square inch.
The part shall be air dried or dried by blotting with
dry, lint-free cloths. If forced warm air is used for
drying the part, the forced air temperature at the
part surface shall not exceed 120 degrees Fahrenheit.
For fluorescent penetrant, to prevent over-washing,
a blacklight shall be used and the spray terminated
immediately after the background has been removed.
b. Visible Solvent Removable Systems: The inspected
surface shall first be wiped with a dry, lint free cloth.
The solvent shall then be sprayed on a similar cloth
and the cloth used to remove the remaining surface
penetrant. This step may have to be repeated. Finally,
the part surface shall be wiped with a dry, lint free
cloth. Note: The solvent shall not be sprayed or otherwise
applied directly to the test surface.
3.15.6 Developer Application
(Steps a and b are not required for self-developing
penetrants.)
a. The developer shall be applied within 5 minutes after
completion of the post-rinse drying operation.
b. The method of application of the developer shall
provide visually uniform coverage over the surface
being examined.
c. The developing time shall be half of the allowed
penetrant dwell time, but not less than 7 minutes nor
more than 30 minutes.
3.15.7 Examination and Acceptance Criteria
a. Initial examination to detect gross imperfections and
contamination on the surface shall be made within
one minute after developer application. A blacklight
shall be used during inspection using fluorescent
penetrant.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
45
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
b. Final examination shall be made after the full
developing time.
3.16
Bits
c. For visible penetrant, the minimum illumination level
at the inspection surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The
white light intensity at the inspection surface shall
be verified:
3.16.1 Scope
This procedure covers pressure testing of roller cone
bits, except roller cone bits with air lubricated bearings.
Hydraulic or pneumatic pressure may be employed to
perform a static pressure test on new or used roller cone
bits to detect the presence of any leaks.
• At the start of each inspection job;
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
• When there is a change in relative position of the
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
• When requested by the customer or a designated
representative; and
• Upon completion of the inspection.
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all
components inspected since the last white light
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected.
d. For fluorescent penetrant, the intensity of white
light measured at the inspection surface during the
fluorescent LPI shall not exceed 2 foot-candles.
Pressure Testing of Roller Cone
3.16.2 Test Apparatus
Pressure gauges used for testing shall be calibrated according to section 2.16. Pressure measuring devices shall be
calibrated to maintain +/- 2% accuracy of full-scale range.
Pressure gauge must be able to read at least 150% of the
test pressure but not more than 500% of the test pressure.
3.16.3 Procedure
a. Before applying test pressure, ensure that the roller
cone bit and test apparatus is isolated behind a barricade of sufficient size and strength to prevent injury
in the event of leak or equipment failure.
b. Subject the roller cone bit to 3,000 psi hydraulic
pressure or 100 psi pneumatic pressure.
e. Cracks on the bit body shall be evaluated using the
acceptance criteria in 3.2 Bit Body 1, 3.3 Bit Body
2, 3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1, 3.8 Reamer Block &
Arm 2, or 3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body inspections, as
applicable., as applicable.
c. After allowing the test pressure to stabilize, the
pressure source shall be isolated and the line pressure
between the pressure source and the roller cone bit
being tested be bled to zero. Pressure test time period
does not begin until these steps are accomplished.
f. Cracks on the cutters shall be evaluated using the
acceptance criteria in 3.4 Cutter 1, 3.5 Cutter 2, or
3.11 Roller Cone Cutter inspections, as applicable,
if the LPI is used to inspect the cutters.
d. The minimum hold time shall be one minute.
g. Indications: Parts with questionable indications shall
be recleaned and re-inspected. A repeatable rejectable
indication shall be cause for rejection. Grinding or
buffing indications is prohibited.
h. After inspection, the penetrant and developer shall be
removed with water or solvent spray. With fluorescent
penetrant, a blacklight shall be used to check for
complete removal.
3.16.4 Acceptance Criteria
Any observable drop in pressure or leakage detected around
the nozzle ports, seam welds, or sealing surfaces shall be
cause for rejection. Leakage through connection threads is
permitted as long as no visible defects exist in the threads.
3.17
Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits
3.17.1 Scope
This procedure covers mechanical testing of roller cone
bits with sealed bearings. Cones of new or used roller cone
bits shall be individually rotated to evaluate the integrity
of bearing seals.
46
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
3.17.2 Preparation
Areas between roller cones and bit legs shall be free from
debris, cuttings, or dried drilling mud.
3.17.3 Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
Each cone of the roller cone bit shall be rotated by hand
or using a mechanical advantage (such as a wrench) to
determine if any resistance to rotation is encountered.
A freely rotating roller cone shall be a cause for rejection
unless specifically allowed by the manufacturer’s written
procedures. Freely rotating roller cone results from a
sealing element that is no longer fully engaged with the
corresponding sealing surface and is indicative of impending seal failure. A functional sealing element should result
in seal friction that will be observed while rotating the
roller cone.
47
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
This page intentionally left blank.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
48
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Inspection Tables
3.2.2
3.2.2.1
3.2.2.2
3.2.2.3
3.2.2.4
3.2.2.5
Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit Body.................... 50
Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles................................................. 50
Gauge Pads......................................................................................................... 60
Shank and Breaker Slot.................................................................................. 62
Bond Line and Separation Line................................................................... 63
Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring Bit......................................... 64
3.2.3
3.2.3.1
3.2.3.2
3.2.3.3
3.2.3.4
Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit Body........................ 65
Hardfacing........................................................................................................... 65
Base Metal........................................................................................................... 67
Shank and Breaker Slot.................................................................................. 69
Closed Loop Surface Marks.......................................................................... 70
3.2.4
Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Wear and Erosion
of the Bit Body................................................................................................ 71
3.3.2
3.3.2.1
3.3.2.2
3.3.2.3
3.3.2.4
3.3.2.5
Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit Body.................... 74
Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles................................................. 74
Gauge Pads......................................................................................................... 76
Shank and Breaker Slot.................................................................................. 77
Bond Line and Separation Line................................................................... 78
Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring Bit......................................... 79
3.3.3
3.3.3.1
3.3.3.2
3.3.3.3
3.3.3.4
3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria........ 89
3.3.6.2 Visual Examination of Seam Weld............................................................. 89
3.3.6.3 Visual Examination of Roller Cone Bit Leg.............................................. 91
3.4.3
3.4.3.1
3.4.3.2
3.4.3.3
3.4.3.4
3.4.3.5
3.4.3.6
Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria............................................ 92
Orientation Markings...................................................................................... 92
Cracks and Chipping/Spalling..................................................................... 93
Substrate Erosion and Corrosion............................................................... 96
Wear...................................................................................................................... 98
Interfacial Damage.........................................................................................100
Conical Cutters................................................................................................101
3.5.3
Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria..........................................103
3.5.4
New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance
Criteria...............................................................................................................105
3.5.4.1 Visual Examination of TCI Roller Cone...................................................105
3.5.4.2 Visual Examination of Milled Tooth Cutting Structure.....................106
3.5.5
Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled Tooth Roller Cone..........107
3.5.6
Ground Milled Tooth Gauge Surface Porosity Acceptance
Criteria...............................................................................................................107
Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit Body........................ 80
Hardfacing........................................................................................................... 80
Base Metal........................................................................................................... 82
Shank and Breaker Slot.................................................................................. 85
Closed Loop Surface Marks.......................................................................... 86
3.6.5
Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria.............108
3.3.4
Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body
and Sleeve Interface..................................................................................... 87
3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratios for BHA Connections...........................125
3.3.5
Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body......... 88
3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria........110
3.7.4.2 Bit Bevel Diameter Ranges for API Reg Connections................124
3.7.4.4 Rotary Shouldered Connection Interchange List........................131
49
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
50
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Bits with gauge
OD < 10"
Only one crack propagating between only two pockets More than one crack propagating between one or more pockin the gauge and OD areas of a single blade
ets in the gauge and OD areas of a single blade
One crack propagating between more than one pocket in the
gauge and OD areas of a single blade
Any cracks propagating between pockets in the cone, nose,
or shoulder areas of a single blade
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.2.2.1.1
Figure 3.2.2.1.3
Figure 3.2.2.1.4
Figure 3.2.2.1.2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Bits with gauge
OD ≥ 10"
Only one crack propagating between only two pockets in More than one crack propagating between one or more pockthe gauge, OD, cone, and shoulder areas of a single blade ets in the gauge, OD, cone, or shoulder areas of a single blade
One crack propagating between more than one pocket in the
gauge, OD, cone, or shoulder areas of a single blade
Any cracks propagating between pockets in the nose area of
a single blade
Figure 3.2.2.1.5
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.2.2.1.7
51
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.2.2.1.6
Figure 3.2.2.1.8
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
52
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria
Cracks propagating from any pocket that are only present Any cracks propagating onto the trailing side of any blade
on the top portion of any blade and do not propagate
onto the leading side or trailing side of that blade
Figure 3.2.2.1.11
Figure 3.2.2.1.13
Figure 3.2.2.1.12
Figure 3.2.2.1.14
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
Figure 3.2.2.1.9
Figure 3.2.2.1.10
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria
One crack on the leading side of a single blade that is no One crack on the leading side of a single blade that exceeds
more than 3/8 inch in every major direction and does not 3/8 inch in any major direction
propagate into the root radius or the adjacent junk slot
Figure 3.2.2.1.15
Figure 3.2.2.1.17
Any crack that propagates into the root radius or the adjacent
junk slot
53
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.2.2.1.16
Figure 3.2.2.1.18
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
54
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria
Figure 3.2.2.1.19
Figure 3.2.2.1.20
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.2.2.1.21
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria
More than one crack on the leading side of a single blade
Figure 3.2.2.1.22
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
55
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
56
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria
Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that is no more Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that exceeds 3/8 inch
than 3/8 inch in every major direction and is not within in any major direction
1 inch of any other crack and does not propagate into
any nozzle threads
Figure 3.2.2.1.23
Figure 3.2.2.1.25
Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that is within 1 inch of
any other crack
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.2.2.1.24
Figure 3.2.2.1.26
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.2.2.1.27
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria
Any crack that propagates into any nozzle threads
Figure 3.2.2.1.30
Figure 3.2.2.1.28
Figure 3.2.2.1.29
Figure 3.2.2.1.31
57
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
58
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria
One crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter Two or more cracks propagating from the pocket of a conical
that is present at the center of the bit as long as the crack cutter that is present at the center of the bit
does not exceed 3/8 inch in every major direction, is not
within 1 inch of any other crack, and does not extend
into any nozzle threads
Figure 3.2.2.1.34
Figure 3.2.2.1.32
Figure 3.2.2.1.33
Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter
that is present at the center of the bit that extends into any
nozzle threads
Figure 3.2.2.1.35
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria
Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter
that is present at the center of the bit that is within 1 inch of
any other crack
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.2.2.1.36
Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter that
is present at the center of the bit that exceeds 3/8 inch in any
major direction
59
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.2.2.1.37
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
60
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.2
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Gauge Pads
Acceptable
Rejectable
Cracks propagating between the wear elements on a
gauge pad
Figure 3.2.2.2.1
Figure 3.2.2.2.2
Cracks propagating on the leading or trailing side of a Any crack on the leading or trailing side of a gauge pad that
gauge pad if they are not mostly vertical (parallel with the is mostly vertical (parallel with the longitudinal axis of the bit)
longitudinal axis of the bit) and do not propagate into
the root radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent junk slot
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.2.2.2.3
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.2.2.2.4
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
3.2.2.2
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Gauge Pads
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any crack that propagates from a gauge pad into the root
radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent junk slot
Figure 3.2.2.2.5
Figure 3.2.2.2.7
61
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.2.2.2.6
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
62
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Shank and Breaker No cracks
Slot
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any cracks
Figure 3.2.2.3.1
Figure 3.2.2.3.2
Figure 3.2.2.3.3
Figure 3.2.2.3.4
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.2.2.3
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.4
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Bond Line and
Separation Line
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond
line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and
not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection
Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond line
that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
greater than 3/64 inch in depth
Figure 3.2.2.4.1
Figure 3.2.2.4.2
Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any
other void or imperfection
63
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
64
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.2.4
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Bond Line and
Separation Line
Acceptable
Rejectable
The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral,
3-piece bit
Figure 3.2.2.4.3
Figure 3.2.2.4.4
Figure 3.2.2.4.5
Any voids or other imperfections surrounding the separation line that are less than or equal to 13/64 inch in
every major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth
and not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection
Any voids or other imperfections surrounding the separation line that are greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or greater than 3/64 inch in depth
Any voids or other imperfections that are within 2 inches of
any other voids or imperfections
3.2.2.5
Through-Hole for
Through-Bit or
Coring Bit
No cracks propagating into the through-hole
Any crack that propagates into the through-hole
Pits that are measured or visually estimated to be less
than or equal to 1/8 inch deep
Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper
than 1/8 inch
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.1
Hardfacing
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any cracks that do not propagate into the base metal
Figure 3.2.3.1.1
Any crack that propagates into the base metal
Figure 3.2.3.1.2
Figure 3.2.3.1.7
Figure 3.2.3.1.3
Figure 3.2.3.1.4
Figure 3.2.3.1.5
65
Figure 3.2.3.1.6
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
66
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.1
Hardfacing
Acceptable
Rejectable
Figure 3.2.3.1.8
Figure 3.2.3.1.9
Figure 3.2.3.1.10
Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is less than Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is greater than
or equal to 1/16 inch in any major direction and depth 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.2
Base Metal
Acceptable
No cracks
Rejectable
Any crack
Figure 3.2.3.2.1
Figure 3.2.3.2.2
Figure 3.2.3.2.3
Figure 3.2.3.2.4
67
Figure 3.2.3.2.5
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.2.3.2.6
68
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.2
Base Metal
Acceptable
Rejectable
Figure 3.2.3.2.7
Figure 3.2.3.2.8
Figure 3.2.3.2.10
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.2.3.2.9
Figure 3.2.3.2.11
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.3.3
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
Acceptable
Shank and Breaker No cracks
Slot
Rejectable
Any crack
Figure 3.2.3.3.1
Figure 3.2.3.3.2
Figure 3.2.3.3.3
Figure 3.2.3.3.4
69
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
70
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.2.3.4
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Closed Loop Surface A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that apMarks
forms a closed loop, as long as the entirety of the closed pears to form a closed loop, for which the entirety of the closed
loop can be visually verified
loop cannot be visually verified
Figure 3.2.3.4.1
Figure 3.2.3.4.2
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body
Section
3.2.4
Wear and Erosion
of Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Wear and Erosion of Bit Body Reference Condition A: No chipping/spalling,
Bit Body
corrosion, erosion, or other damage to any area including
the junk slots and the shank. No damage to any depth
of cut management element. No wear or other damage
to the gauge pads or wear elements. A gauge pad with a
step or taper design. No wear, erosion, or other damage
to nozzle threads or nozzle seats.
Figure 3.2.4.1
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
71
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.2.4.3
Figure 3.2.4.5
Figure 3.2.4.2
Bit Body Reference Condition C: Significant erosion or wear
of the bit body and slight loss of material. Signs of significant
damage to a gauge pad and the wear elements. Undercutting
that has started to expose the wear elements or the backreamer, if present. Significant erosion of a nozzle, including
missing threads.
Figure 3.2.4.14
Figure 3.2.4.15
Figure 3.2.4.16
Figure 3.2.4.17
Figure 3.2.4.18
Figure 3.2.4.19
Figure 3.2.4.4
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
72
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body continued
3.2.4
Wear and Erosion
of Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Wear and Erosion of Bit Body Reference Condition B: Minor wear or erosion of
Bit Body
the bit body, including the gauge pads. Minor wear of a
non-replaceable depth of cut management element but
no wear or damage to a replaceable depth of cut managment element. Slight damage to the wear elements.
A gauge pad with a step or taper design. Minor wear or
erosion of the nozzles.
Bit Body Reference Condition D: Severe erosion or wear of the
bit body and loss of material. Signs of severe damage to the
gauge pads and wear elements. Undercutting that severely
exposes the wear elements or the backreamer, if present. Severe erosion of the nozzles, including multiple missing threads.
Figure 3.2.4.20
Figure 3.2.4.6
Figure 3.2.4.8
Figure 3.2.4.10
Figure 3.2.4.12
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.2.4.21
Figure 3.2.4.7
Figure 3.2.4.9
Figure 3.2.4.11
Figure 3.2.4.13
Figure 3.2.4.22
Figure 3.2.4.23
Figure 3.2.4.24
Figure 3.2.4.25
Figure 3.2.4.26
Figure 3.2.4.27
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body continued
Section
3.2.4
Wear and Erosion
of Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Wear and Erosion of A depth of cut managment element in the gauge area that
Bit Body
is ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection, if
there is evidence that the grinding is relatively uniform
and possibly present on a nearby cutter or other parts
of the bit body
Figure 3.2.4.28
73
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,```
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
74
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
3.3.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Acceptable
No cracks
Rejectable
Any crack
Figure 3.3.2.1.1
Figure 3.3.2.1.5
Figure 3.3.2.1.2
Figure 3.3.2.1.3
Figure 3.3.2.1.6
Figure 3.3.2.1.4
Figure 3.3.2.1.7
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
3.3.2.1
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
Figure 3.3.2.2.8
Figure 3.3.2.2.9
75
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
76
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Gauge Pads
Acceptable
No cracks
Rejectable
Any crack
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.3.2.2
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Figure 3.3.2.2.1
Figure 3.3.2.2.2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.3.2.3
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Shank and Breaker
Slot
Acceptable
No cracks
Rejectable
Any crack
Figure 3.3.2.3.1
Figure 3.3.2.3.2
Figure 3.3.2.3.3
Figure 3.3.2.3.4
77
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
78
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.3.2.4
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Bond Line and
Separation Line
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond
line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and
not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection
Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond line
that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
greater than 3/64 inch in depth
Figure 3.3.2.4.1
Figure 3.3.2.4.2
Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any
other void or imperfection
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
3.3.2.4
Cracks in Matrix
Bit Body
Bond Line and
Separation Line
Acceptable
Rejectable
The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral,
3-piece bit
Figure 3.3.2.4.3
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
Figure 3.3.2.4.4
Figure 3.3.2.4.5
Any void or other imperfection surrounding the separa- Any void or other imperfection surrounding the separation
tion line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every line that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and not greater than 3/64 inch in depth
within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection
Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any
other void or imperfection
3.3.2.5
Through-Hole for
Through-Bit or
Coring Bit
79
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
No cracks propagating into the through-hole
Any crack that propagates into the through-hole
Pits that are measured or visually estimated to be less
than or equal to 1/8 inch deep
Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper
than 1/8 inch
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
80
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Section
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.1
Hardfacing
Acceptable
Rejectable
Hairline cracks, which cannot be caught with a fingernail, as long as they do not extend into the base metal
Any cracks except hairline cracks (the cracks Shown below
are not hairline cracks)
Figure 3.3.3.1.1
Figure 3.3.3.1.4
Figure 3.3.3.1.2
Figure 3.3.3.1.3
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.3.3.1.5
Figure 3.3.3.1.6
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.3.3.1.7
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.1
Hardfacing
Acceptable
Rejectable
Figure 3.3.3.1.8
Figure 3.3.3.1.9
Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is less than Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is greater than
or equal to 1/16 inch in any major direction and depth 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth
81
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
82
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2
Base Metal
Acceptable
No cracks
Rejectable
Any crack
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
Figure 3.3.3.2.1
Figure 3.3.3.2.2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2
Base Metal
Acceptable
Rejectable
Figure 3.3.3.2.4
Figure 3.3.3.2.5
83
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.3.3.2.6
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.3.3.2.7
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.3.2.3
84
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2
Base Metal
Acceptable
Rejectable
Figure 3.3.3.2.8
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.3.2.9
Figure 3.3.3.2.11
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.3.3.2.10
Figure 3.3.3.2.12
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.3.3.3
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
Shank and Breaker No cracks
Slot
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any crack
Figure 3.3.3.3.1
Figure 3.3.3.3.2
Figure 3.3.3.3.3
Figure 3.3.3.3.4
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
85
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
86
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.3.3.4
Cracks and Porosity
in Steel Bit Body
Acceptable
Rejectable
Closed Loop Surface A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that apMarks
forms a closed loop, as long as the entirety of the closed pears to form a closed loop, for which the entirety of the closed
loop can be visually verified
loop cannot be visually verified
Figure 3.3.3.4.1
Figure 3.3.3.4.2
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.4 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface
Section
Diamond Bit Body
and Sleeve
Interface
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any transverse indication at the interface between the Any indication near the interface between the matrix body
matrix body and the steel sleeve of a diamond bit, if the and the steel sleeve of a diamond bit that is not transverse or
indication is perfectly linear and similar indications exist perfectly linear
in multiple locations spaced apart
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.3.4
Indications
Figure 3.3.4.1
87
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
88
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.3.5 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body
Section
Wear of Bit Body
3.3.5
Wear
Acceptable
Rejectable
No signs of wear
Any signs of wear
A depth of cut managment element in the gauge area that
is ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection, if
there is evidence that the grinding is relatively uniform
and possibly present on a nearby cutter or other parts
of the bit body
Figure 3.3.5.1
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
Seam Weld
3.3.6.2.1
Visual Examination
of Seam Weld
Acceptable
Rejectable
Undercut, lack of welding, and/or weld which does not Cracks visible to the unaided eye in the weld are not allowed.
contour to the U-groove in the legs are acceptable. Visible interruptions at the intersection of vertical seam
weld along the OD of the legs and the dome welds are
acceptable.
Figure 3.3.6.1
Figure 3.3.6.2
89
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
90
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria continued
Section
3.3.6.2.1
Seam Weld
Acceptable
Rejectable
Visual Examination of Overlapping weld which does not contour to the weld
External Seam Weld grooves in the legs is acceptable
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.3.6.3
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.3.6.3
Seam Weld
Acceptable
Rejectable
Visual Examination of Center crater cracks in ball hole weld and cracks in Cracks around ball hole weld and in the base metal between
Roller Cone Bit Leg
shirt-tail hardfacing that do not enter base metal are gauge protection inserts are not acceptable.
acceptable.
Figure 3.3.6.5
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.6.4
91
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
92
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
Orientation
Markings
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any marking purposefully applied to a cutter for
identification or orientation
None
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.4.3.1
Condition of
Cutters
Figure 3.4.3.1.1
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
3.4.3.2
Condition of
Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Rotating Cutters
The ring that is created by the socket of a rotating cutter
Figure 3.4.3.2.1
Exposed cutting edge No cracks or chipping/spalling
of the diamond table
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,
93
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Any crack or chipping/spalling
Figure 3.4.3.2.2
Figure 3.4.3.2.3
Figure 3.4.3.2.4
Figure 3.4.3.2.5
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
94
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.4.3.2
Condition of
Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
One crack or chipped/spalled area if every point of the
crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/16 inch to the
non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the
crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter
One crack or chipped/spalled area with any point of the
crack or chipped/spalled area over 1/16 inch from the nonexposed edge of the cutter
Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Cutters with
OD ≤ 9/16 inch
Figure 3.4.3.2.6
Cutters with
OD > 9/16 inch
Figure 3.4.3.2.7
One crack or chipped/spalled area if every point of the
crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/8 inch to the
non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the
crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter
Figure 3.4.3.2.10
Figure 3.4.3.2.11
Figure 3.4.3.2.8
One crack or chipped/spalled area with any point of the
crack or chipped/spalled area over 1/8 inch from the nonexposed edge of the cutter
Figure 3.4.3.2.12
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.4.3.2.9
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.4.3.2.13
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
3.4.3.2
Condition of
Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Additional Criteria
More than one crack or more than one chipped/spalled area
on a single cutter, even if the damage does not enter the
exposed edge of the cutter
Figure 3.4.3.2.14
Any crack that propagates from the cutter into the substrate
Figure 3.4.3.2.15
Figure 3.4.3.2.16
95
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
96
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.4.3.3
Condition of
Cutters
Acceptable
Substrate Erosion
and Corrosion
No erosion or corrosion on the exposed cutting edge
of the diamond table
Any erosion or corrosion on the exposed cutting edge of
the diamond table
One area of erosion on a single substrate if the erosion
is less than or equal to 7/64 inch in every dimension
More than one area of erosion on a single substrate
Rejectable
Any erosion that is greater than 7/64 inch in any dimension
Figure 3.4.3.3.1
Figure 3.4.3.3.2
Figure 3.4.3.3.4
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.4.3.3.3
Figure 3.4.3.3.5
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.4.3.3
Condition of
Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
Substrate Erosion
and Corrosion
Figure 3.4.3.3.6
Figure 3.4.3.3.7
97
Figure 3.4.3.3.8
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.4.3.3.9
98
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.4.3.4
Condition of
Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
Wear
Exposed cutting edge No wear
of the diamond table
Any wear
Cutters with
OD ≤ 9/16 inch
One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter
pocket and the wear line is greater than 1/16 inch
Figure 3.4.3.4.1
One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter
pocket and the wear line is less than or equal to 1/16
inch and no point of the wear enters the exposed edge
of the cutter
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.4.3.4.3
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.4.3.4.4
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Figure 3.4.3.4.2
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
3.4.3.4
Condition of
Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
Wear
Cutters with
OD > 9/16 inch
One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter
pocket and the wear line is less than or equal to 1/8
inch and no point of the wear enters the exposed edge
of the cutter
Figure 3.4.3.4.5
Additional Criteria
99
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter
pocket and the wear line is greater than 1/8 inch
Figure 3.4.3.4.6
A cutter in the gauge area that is uniformly ground in
order to pass the ring gauging inspection
More than two areas of wear on a single cutter
Areas of wear that overlap one another, even if only two
areas of wear are present
Figure 3.4.3.4.7
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section
100
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
Condition of
Cutters
3.4.3.5
Interfacial Damage
Acceptable
Rejectable
One area of interfacial damage on a single cutter if the
interfacial damage is less than or equal to 1/16 inch in
every dimension
More than one area of interfacial damage on a single cutter
Any interfacial damage that is greater than 1/16 inch in any
dimension
Figure 3.4.3.5.1
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.4.3.5.2
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.4.3.6
Condition of
Cutters
Conical Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
Any chipping/spalling or other forms of pitting on a
single cutter if every pit is less than or equal to 1/32
inch in every dimension
Figure 3.4.3.6.1
Any chipping/spalling or other forms of pitting on a single
cutter if any pit is greater than 1/32 inch in any dimension
Figure 3.4.3.6.2
Wear of the conical nose if the sharpest point of the tip Wear of the conical nose if the sharpest point of the tip is
is less than or equal to 3/64 inch in every dimension
greater than 3/64 inch in any dimension
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
101
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.4.3.6.3
Figure 3.4.3.6.4
Figure 3.4.3.6.5
Figure 3.4.3.6.6
Figure 3.4.3.6.7
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
102
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.4.3.6
Condition of
Cutters
Conical Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
No cracks, erosion, corrosion, interfacial damage, or
substrate damage
Any crack, erosion, corrosion, interfacial damage, or
substrate damage
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.4.3.6.8
Figure 3.4.3.6.9
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
3.5.3
Condition of
Cutters
Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
No cracks, chipping/spalling, substrate erosion, wear,
corrosion, or interfacial damage
Any crack, chipping/spalling, substrate erosion, wear,
corrosion, or interfacial damage
The ring that is created by the socket of a rotating
cutter
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
103
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Figure 3.5.3.1
Figure 3.5.3.3
Any marking purposefully applied to a cutter for
identification or orientation
Figure 3.5.3.2
Figure 3.5.3.4
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
104
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.5.3
Condition of
Cutters
Cutters
Acceptable
Rejectable
A cutter in the gauge area that is ground in order to
pass the ring gauging inspection
Figure 3.5.3.6
Figure 3.5.3.7
Figure 3.5.3.5
Figure 3.5.3.8
Figure 3.5.3.9
Figure 3.5.3.10
Figure 3.5.3.11
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
3.5.4.1
Cutting
Structure
Visual Examination
of TCI Roller Cone
Acceptable/Rejectable
Visible cracks on tungsten carbide inserts or cones are not acceptable
105
Figure 3.5.4.1
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
106
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Section
3.5.4.2
Cutting
Structure
Acceptable
Rejectable
Visual Examination
of Milled Tooth
Cutting Structure
Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing that do not enter
the base metal and are not parallel to tooth crest are
acceptable.
Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing that enter base metal are
not acceptable.
Cracks that are parallel to tooth crest are not acceptable.
Figure 3.5.4.2
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.5.4.3
Figure 3.5.4.4
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.5.5 Location of Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled Tooth Roller Cone
Section
3.5.5
Location of ground gauge surfaces of milled teeth
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.5.5
Table 3.5.6 Ground Milled Tooth Gauge Surface Porosity Acceptance Criteria
107
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Porosity Diameter
Critical Areas of Gauge Tooth
(See Figure 3.5.5)
Non-Critical Area of Gauge Tooth
(See Figure 3.5.5)
Greater than 1/8 inch [3.2 mm]
Unacceptable
Up to two per tooth
3/32 to 1/8 inch [2.4 - 3.2 mm]
Up to two per tooth
Acceptable
Less than 3/32 inch [2.4 mm]
Up to eight per tooth
Acceptable
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
108
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Section
3.6.5
API
Connection
Pitting in the Pin
Inside Diameter
Acceptable
Rejectable
Internal pin indications such as spaces between bit legs or leg misalignment are
allowed. Internal seams can have varying gap widths, and visual seams based on
designed geometry are acceptable.
Figure 3.6.5.1
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria continued
Section
3.6.5
API
Connection
Pin End Surface
Cracks
Acceptable
Rejectable
Pin end surface cracks visible with un-aided eye are not
acceptable.
Figure 3.6.5.2
Figure 3.6.5.3
109
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
110
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
Connection
ID
Nom
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
NC23
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 58/64
2 56/64
2 51/64
2 42/64
3 9/64
3 7/64
3
2 53/64
-----
-----
-----
-----
3 1/8
2 61/64
3 4/64
NC26
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
3 17/64
3 12/64
3 2/64
3 34/64
3 27/64
3 15/64
----
----
----
----
3 3/8
3 1/2
3 5/8
3 3/4
3 7/8
3 19/64
3 20/64
3 20/64
3 20/64
3 20/64
3 22/647
3 29/64
3 30/647
3 30/647
3 42/647
NC31
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
3 63/64
3 60/64
3 55/64
4 20/64
4 16/64
4 10/64
----
----
----
----
4 1/8
4 1/4
4 3/8
3 63/64
3 63/64
3 63/64
4 5/64
4 13/64
4 21/64
NC35
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
4 23/64
4 18/64
4 10/64
4 46/64
4 39/64
4 30/64
----
----
----
----
4 1/2
4 5/8
4 3/4
4 21/64
4 21/64
4 21/64
4 29/64
4 37/64
4 43/64
NC38
2 1/4
2 1/2
4 44/64
4 38/64
5 4/64
4 61/64
---
---
---
---
4 3/4
4 7/8
5
5 1/8
5 1/4
4 39/64
4 39/64
4 39/64
4 39/64
4 39/64
4 45/64
4 53/64
4 61/64
5 5/64
5 5/64
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
3 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
2 11/16
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
3 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
3
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
3 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
3 33/64
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
3 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
3 7/8
Boreback Diameter
3 15/64 - 3 16/64
Pin Relief Diameter
3.200 - 3.231
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
6 3/4 - 7 13/16
Max Pin Length
4 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 9/64
Boreback Diameter
3 30/64 - 3 31/64
Pin Relief Diameter
3.477 - 3.508
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 - 8 1/16
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
ID
Nom
Connection
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
-----
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
5 1/4
5 3/8
5 1/2
5 5/8
5 3/4
5 2/64
5 2/64
5 2/64
5 2/64
5 2/64
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
4 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 13/32
Boreback Diameter
3 42/64 - 3 43/64
Pin Relief Diameter
3.741 - 3.772
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 1/2 - 8 9/16
5 29/64 Max Pin Length
4 9/16
5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
4 3/4
5 53/64 Boreback Diameter
4 - 4 1/64
5 56/64 Pin Relief Diameter
4.086 - 4.117
5 56/64 Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
5 57/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length
7 1/2 - 8 9/16
5 61/64 Max Pin Length
4 9/16
6 5/64
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
6 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
4 31/32
6 19/64 Boreback Diameter
4 13/64 - 4 7/32
6 19/64 Pin Relief Diameter
4.295 - 4.326
6 19/64 Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 19/64 Boreback Cylinder Length
7 1/2 - 8 9/16
NC40
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 13/16
5 6/64
5 3/64
4 62/64
4 53/64
5 34/64
5 29/64
5 24/64
5 13/64
-----
-----
NC44
2 1/4
5 35/64
5 63/64 8
68
6 10/64
--
--
5 1/2
5 27/64
2 1/2
2 13/16
3
5 31/64
5 24/64
5 19/64
5 60/64
5 52/64
5 45/64
68
---
6 5/64
---
----
----
2 1/4
5 54/64
5 63/64 8
6 10/64
6 31/64
--
--
5 5/8
5 3/4
5 7/8
6
6 1/8
6 1/4
6
5 27/64
5 27/64
5 27/64
5 27/64
5 27/64
5 27/64
5 45/64
2 1/2
5 51/64
5 63/64 8
6 7/64
6 27/64
--
--
6 1/8
5 45/64
2 13/16
5 45/64
5 63/64 8
6
6 20/64
--
--
6 1/4
5 45/64
3
5 41/64
5 63/64 8
68
6 14/64
--
--
5 45/64
5 45/64
5 45/64
5 45/64
5 45/64
6 11/64
6 19/64
6 21/64
6 21/64
6 21/64
6 21/64
6 21/64
6 21/64
6 21/64
7 4/64
6 19/64
6 13/64 Max Pin Length
4 9/16
6 23/64 7 Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
6 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
5 3/8
6 37/64 Boreback Diameter
4 40/64 - 4 41/64
6 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter
4.711 - 4.742
6 51/64 Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 51/64 Boreback Cylinder Length
7 1/2 - 8 9/16
6 51/64
6 51/64
7 13/64 Max Pin Length
5 1/16
NC46
-----
OD
Greater
or = to 1
5 13/64
5 21/64
5 27/64
5 27/64
5 27/64
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
111
NC50
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
-------
-------
6 50/64
6 47/64
6 43/64
6 39/64
6 32/64
6 24/64
7 9/64
7 6/64
7 1/64
6 60/64
6 53/64
6 44/64
-------
-------
NC56
2 1/2
--
--
7 28/64
7 55/64
88
8 13/64
6 3/8
6 1/2
6 5/8
6 3/4
6 7/8
6 1/4
6 3/8
6 1/2
6 5/8
6 3/4
6 7/8
7
7 1/8
7 1/4
7 1/4
2 13/16
--
--
7 24/64
7 51/64
88
8 8/64
7 3/8
7 4/64
7 21/64
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
----
----
7 21/64
7 17/64
7 10/64
7 48/64
7 42/64
7 35/64
88
---
8 5/64
---
7 1/2
7 5/8
7 3/4
7 7/8
8
7 4/64
7 4/64
7 4/64
7 4/64
7 4/64
7 29/64
7 37/64
7 45/64
7 53/64
7 58/64
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
6
Boreback Diameter
4 51/64 - 4 52/64
Pin Relief Diameter
5.246 - 5.277
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 - 9 1/16
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
112
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
ID
Nom
NC61
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
-----
-----
7 10/64
----
NC70
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
-----
-----
2 3/8 REG
1 7/16
1 1/2
2 47/64
2 45/64
2 7/8 REG
1 5/16
1 1/2
1 3/4
3 1/2 REG
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
8
8 1/8
8 1/4
8 3/8
8 1/2
8 5/8
8 3/4
8 7/8
9
9 1/4
9 3/8
9 1/2
9 5/8
9 3/4
9 7/8
10
3 1/8
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 1/2
7 47/64
7 47/64
7 47/64
7 47/64
7 47/64
7 47/64
7 47/64
7 47/64
7 47/64
8 57/64
8 57/64
8 57/64
8 57/64
8 57/64
8 57/64
8 57/64
2 62/64
2 62/64
2 62/64
2 62/64
7 61/64
8 5/64
8 13/64
8 21/64
8 29/64
8 37/64
8 45/64
8 53/64
8 54/64
9 13/64
9 21/64
9 29/64
9 37/64
9 45/64
9 53/64
9 61/64
3 5/64
3 13/64
3 19/64
3 19/64
7 35/64
----
-8 27/64
8 24/64
8 21/64
-9 2/64
8 63/64
8 59/64
-----
-----
9 45/64
9 43/64
9 41/64
9 38/64
10 26/64
10 24/64
10 22/64
10 18/64
2 62/64
2 60/64
---
---
---
---
3 18/64
3 15/64
3 9/64
3 37/64
3 34/64
3 27/64
----
----
----
----
3 7/8
3 31/64
3 51/64
3 60/64
3 56/64
3 51/64
4 19/64
4 15/64
4 9/64
----
----
----
----
4 3/8
4 1/2
4 6/64
4 6/64
4 21/64
4 29/64
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
5 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
6 9/16
Boreback Diameter
5 15/64 - 5 16/64
Pin Relief Diameter
5.808 - 5.839
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 1/2 - 9 9/16
Max Pin Length
6 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
7 7/16
Boreback Diameter
5 63/64 - 6
Pin Relief Diameter
6.683 - 6.714
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
9 - 10 1/16
Max Pin Length
3 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
2 3/4
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
3 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
3 1/8
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
3 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
3 5/8
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Connection
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
4 1/2 REG
2 1/4
2 1/2
5 23/64
5 19/64
5 53/64
5 49/64
5 1/2 REG
2 1/2
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
------
------
6 5/8 REG
2 13/16
--
3
7 5/8 REG FF 3
7 5/8 REG LT 4
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
---
---
---
5 1/2
5 5/8
5 3/4
5 7/8
6
5 25/64
5 25/64
5 25/64
5 25/64
5 25/64
5 29/64
5 37/64
5 45/64
5 53/64
5 58/64
6 55/64
6 51/64
6 47/64
6 41/64
6 33/64
7 16/64
7 11/64
7 7/64
7
6 55/64
------
------
--
7 45/64
7 56/64 8
88
8 29/64
6 5/8
6 3/4
6 7/8
7
7 1/8
7 1/4
7 3/8
7 1/2
7 1/2
6 35/64
6 36/64
6 36/64
6 36/64
6 36/64
6 36/64
6 36/64
6 36/64
7 10/64
6 37/64
6 45/64
6 53/64
6 61/64
7 5/64
7 12/64
7 12/64
7 12/64
7 29/64
--
--
7 43/64
7 56/64
8
88
8 26/64
7 5/8
7 10/64
7 37/64
3 1/4
--
--
7 39/64
7 56/64 8
88
8 21/64
7 3/4
7 10/64
7 45/64
3 1/2
--
--
7 33/64
7 56/64
88
8 14/64
7 7/8
8
8 1/8
8 1/4
7 10/64
7 10/64
7 10/64
7 10/64
7 53/64
7 61/64
8 5/64
8 8/64
2 13/16
--
--
--
--
9 14/64
9 32/64 3
8 5/8
8 31/64
8 37/64
3
--
--
--
--
9 13/64
9 32/64 3
8 3/4
8 31/64
8 45/64
3 1/4
--
--
--
--
9 10/64
9 32/64 3
8 7/8
8 31/64
8 53/64
3 1/2
--
--
--
--
9 6/64
9 32/64 3
2 1/2
2 13/16
---
---
---
---
9 32/64 4
9 32/64 4
9 59/64
9 56/64
9
9 1/8
9 1/4
9 3/8
9 1/2
9 1/2
8 31/64
8 31/64
8 31/64
8 31/64
8 31/64
8 60/64
8 61/64
9 5/64
9 13/64
9 21/64
9 29/64
9 29/64
3
--
--
--
--
9 32/64 4
9 54/64
3 1/4
--
--
--
--
9 32/64 4
9 51/64
3 1/2
--
--
--
--
9 32/64 4
9 47/64
113
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
---
OD
Greater
or = to 1
8
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
4 5/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 3/4
Boreback Diameter
3 46/64 - 3 47/64
Pin Relief Diameter
3.982 - 4.013
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 3/8 - 8 5/16
Max Pin Length
4 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
5 41/64
Boreback Diameter
4 32/64 - 4 33/64
Pin Relief Diameter
4.838 - 4.869
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 1/2 - 8 13/16
Max Pin Length
5 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
6 1/8
Boreback Diameter
5 18/64 - 5 19/64
Pin Relief Diameter
5.386 - 5.417
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 - 9 1/16
Max Pin Length
5 5/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
7 5/32 (Full Fc)
Boreback Diameter
5 55/64 - 5 56/64
Pin Relief Diameter
6.318 - 6.349
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 3/8 - 9 5/16
Max Pin Length
5 5/16
Min C'Bore Depth
1/4
Max C'Bore Diameter
7 13/16 (Low Tq.)
Boreback Diameter
5 55/64 - 5 56/64
Pin Relief Diameter
6.318 - 6.349
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 3/8 - 9 5/16
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ID
Nom
Connection
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
114
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
3
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
9 5/8
9 35/64
9 37/64
3 1/4
--
--
--
--
N/A
5
N/A 5
9 3/4
9 43/64
9 45/64
3 1/2
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
2 1/2
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
------------
------------
-------7 33/64
7 29/64
7 27/64
7 22/64
-------7 56/64 8
7 54/64
7 51/64
7 46/64
10 44/64
10 43/64
10 42/64
10 41/64
10 40/64
10 38/64
10 36/64
-----
11 28/64
11 28/64
11 27/64
11 25/64
11 24/64
11 22/64
11 19/64
8 15/64
8 11/64
8 8/64
8 2/64
9 7/8
10
10 1/8
10 1/4
10 3/8
10 1/2
10 5/8
9 45/64
9 45/64
9 45/64
9 45/64
9 45/64
9 45/64
10 6/64
10 29/64
10 37/64 Max Pin Length
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
-----
-----
-----
-----
9 5/64
9 3/64
9
8 61/64
9 44/64
9 42/64
9 39/64
9 35/64
6 7/8
7
7 1/8
7 1/4
7 3/8
7 1/2
7 5/8
7 3/4
7 7/8
8
8
8 1/8
8 1/4
8 3/8
8 1/2
8 5/8
8 3/4
8 7/8
9
9 1/8
9 1/4
6 51/64
6 59/64
7 1/64
7 1/64
7 1/64
7 1/64
7 1/64
7 1/64
7 1/64
7 1/64
7 59/64
8 3/64
8 11/64
8 12/64
8 12/64
8 12/64
8 12/64
8 12/64
8 12/64
8 12/64
8 12/64
ID
Nom
Connection
8 5/8 REG FF 3
8 5/8 REG LT 4
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5 1/2 FH
6 5/8 FH
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
5 7/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
9 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
8 7/64 (Full Fc)
9 61/64 Boreback Diameter
6 50/64 - 6 51/64
10 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter
7.270 - 7.301
10 13/64 Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
10 21/64 Boreback Cylinder Length
8 1/2 - 9 7/16
6 53/64
6 61/64
7 5/64
7 13/64
7 21/64
7 28/64
7 28/64
7 28/64
7 28/64
7 31/64 7
7 61/64
8 5/64
8 13/64
8 21/64
8 29/64
8 37/64
8 42/64
8 42/64
8 42/64
8 42/64
8 42/64
5 7/16
Min C'Bore Depth
1/4
Max C'Bore Diameter
9 1/16 (Low Tq.)
Boreback Diameter
6 50/64 - 6 51/64
Pin Relief Diameter
7.270 - 7.301
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 1/2 - 9 7/16
Max Pin Length
5 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
5 31/32
Boreback Diameter
5 7/64 - 5 8/64
Pin Relief Diameter
5 7/32 - 5 8/32
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 - 9 1/16
Max Pin Length
5 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
6 29/32
Boreback Diameter
6 3/64 - 6 4/64
Pin Relief Diameter
6.148 - 6.179
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 - 9 1/16
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
Connection
ID
Nom
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
NC77
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
-----
-----
-----
-----
10 44/64
10 43/64
10 41/64
10 39/64
11 30/64
11 29/64
11 27/64
11 24/64
10 1/2
10 5/8
10 3/4
10 7/8
11
11 1/8
9 51/64
9 51/64
9 51/64
9 51/64
9 51/64
9 51/64
10 29/64
10 37/64
10 45/64
10 53/64
10 61/64
11 5/64
3-1/2 FH
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
4 35/64
4 30/64
4 23/64
4 60/64
4 55/64
4 47/64
----
----
----
----
4 7/8
5
5 1/8
5 1/4
4 40/64
4 40/64
4 40/64
4 40/64
4 53/64
4 61/64
5 4/64
5 4/64
4-1/2 FH
2 1/2
5 36/64
5 63/64 8
68
6 13/64
--
--
5 3/4
5 37/64
5 45/64
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
5 30/64
5 25/64
5 16/64
5 60/64
5 53/64
5 43/64
68
---
6 5/64
---
----
----
5 7/8
6
6 1/8
6 1/4
5 37/64
5 37/64
5 37/64
5 37/64
5 53/64
5 61/64
5 63/64
5 63/64
2-3/8 OH
1 15/16
2
3 5/64
3 2/64
3 17/64
3 14/64
---
---
---
---
3 1/8
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 1/2
3 2/64
3 2/64
3 2/64
3 2/64
3 5/64
3 13/64
3 19/64
3 19/64
2-7/8 OH
1 3/4
2
3 48/64
3 43/64
4 3/64
3 60/64
---
---
---
---
3 3/4
3 7/8
4
4 1/8
3 40/64
3 40/64
3 40/64
3 40/64
3 45/64
3 53/64
3 61/64
4 1/64
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
6 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
8 1/8
Boreback Diameter
6 35/64 - 6 36/64
Pin Relief Diameter
7.371 - 7.402
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
9 1/2 - 10 9/16
Max Pin Length
3 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 7/64
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
4 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 15/16
Boreback Diameter
3 61/64 - 3 62/64
Pin Relief Diameter
4.149 - 4.180
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 - 8 1/16
Max Pin Length
2 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
2 55/64
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
3 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
3 17/64
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
115
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
116
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 46/64
2 43/64
2 33/64
2 59/64
2 55/64
2 42/64
----
----
----
----
2 3/4
2 7/8
3
2 43/64
2 44/64
2 44/64
2 46/64 7 Max Pin Length
2 49/64 Min C'Bore Depth
2 49/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
2-7/8 PAC
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 60/64
2 52/64
3 9/64
2 63/64
---
---
---
---
3 1/8
2 56/64
3 5/64
3-1/2 PAC
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
3 41/64
3 37/64
3 31/64
3 60/64
3 55/64
3 47/64
----
----
----
----
3 3/4
3 7/8
3 36/64
3 36/64
3 45/64
3 53/64
2-3/8 SH
1 7/16
1 1/2
2 40/64
2 39/64
2 53/64
2 51/64
---
---
---
---
3
3 1/16
3 1/8
3 3/16
2 47/64
2 47/64
2 47/64
2 47/64
2 61/64
3 1/64
3 1/64
3 1/64
2-7/8 XH
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
3 55/64
3 51/64
3 46/64
4 12/64
4 7/64
4 1/64
----
----
----
----
4 1/8
4 1/4
4 3/8
3 56/64
3 56/64
3 56/64
4 5/64
4 13/64
4 16/64
2-3/8 PAC
ID
Nom
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Other Dimensions 6
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
2 7/16
5/16
2 15/32
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2 7/16
5/16
2 41/64
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3 5/16
9/16
3 11/64
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3 1/16
9/16
2 9/16
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
4 1/16
9/16
3 27/64
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Connection
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
3-1/2 XH
1 5/8
1 3/4
2
4 36/64
4 35/64
4 31/64
4 60/64
4 58/64
4 54/64
----
----
----
----
4 3/4
4 7/8
5
4 32/64
4 32/64
4 32/64
3-1/2 H90
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
4 60/64
4 57/64
4 51/64
5 23/64
5 18/64
5 12/64
----
----
----
----
5
5 1/8
5 1/4
5 3/8
5 1/2
4 50/64
4 50/64
4 50/64
4 50/64
4 50/64
2
5 29/64
5 59/64
68
6 5/64
--
--
5 1/2
5 17/64
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 13/16
5 27/64
5 23/64
5 16/64
5 56/64
5 51/64
5 42/64
68
---
6 1/64
---
----
----
2
5 58/64
5 63/64 8
6 16/64
6 37/64
--
--
5 5/8
5 3/4
5 7/8
6
6 1/8
6 1/4
6
5 17/64
5 17/64
5 17/64
5 17/64
5 17/64
5 17/64
5 44/64
2 1/4
5 56/64
5 63/64 8
6 13/64
6 35/64
--
--
6 1/8
5 44/64
2 1/2
5 53/64
5 63/64 8
6 10/64
6 31/64
--
--
6 1/4
5 44/64
2 13/16
5 47/64
5 63/64 8
6 3/64
6 24/64
--
--
6 3/8
5 44/64
3
5 43/64
5 63/64 8
68
6 18/64
--
--
6 1/2
5 44/64
3 1/4
5 35/64
5 63/64
68
6 8/64
--
--
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
----5 62/64
----5 63/64 8
6 38/64
6 35/64
6 30/64
6 26/64
6 19/64
6 61/64
6 58/64
6 52/64
6 47/64
6 39/64
------
------
6 5/8
6 3/4
6 1/2
6 5/8
6 3/4
6 7/8
7
5 44/64
5 44/64
6 4/64
6 4/64
6 4/64
6 4/64
6 4/64
3 1/2
5 54/64
5 63/64 8
6 9/64
6 29/64
--
--
4 H90
4-1/2 H90
5 H90
Max Pin Length
3 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
3 15/16
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
4 61/64 Max Pin Length
4 1/16
5 5/64
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
5 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
4 1/4
5 17/64 Boreback Diameter
3 36/64 - 3 37/64
5 17/64 Pin Relief Diameter
3 39/64 - 3 41/64
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 - 8 1/16
5 29/64 Max Pin Length
4 5/16
5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
4 5/8
5 47/64 Boreback Diameter
3 56/64 - 3 57/64
5 47/64 Pin Relief Diameter
3 61/64 - 4 1/64
5 49/64 7 Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
5 49/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length
7 3/8 - 8 5/16
5 61/64 Max Pin Length
4 9/16
6 2/64
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
6 2/64
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 61/64
6 2/64
Boreback Diameter
4 12/64 - 4 13/64
6 2/64
Pin Relief Diameter
4.319 - 4.350
6 17/64 7 Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 17/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length
7 1/2 - 8 9/16
6 29/64 Max Pin Length
4 13/16
6 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
6 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
5 15/64
6 29/64 Boreback Diameter
4 26/64 - 4 27/64
6 29/64 Pin Relief Diameter
4 19/32 - 4 5/8
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 1/2 - 8 13/16
4 45/64
4 53/64
4 61/64
117
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Other Dimensions 6
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ID
Nom
Connection
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
118
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
5-1/2 H90
6-5/8 H90
7 H90 FF 3
7 H90 LT 4
7-5/8 H90 FF 3
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
-------
-------
7
6 61/64
6 57/64
6 53/64
6 47/64
6 40/64
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
7 24/64
7 21/64
7 16/64
7 12/64
7 6/64
6 61/64
-------
-------
6 3/4
6 7/8
6 15/64
6 15/64
6 45/64
6 53/64
2 13/16
--
--
7 53/64
7 56/64 8
8 2/64
8 38/64
7 5/8
7 6/64
7 37/64
3
--
--
7 50/64
7 56/64 8
8
8 35/64
7 3/4
7 6/64
7 45/64
3 1/4
--
--
7 46/64
7 56/64 8
88
8 30/64
7 7/8
7 6/64
7 53/64
3 1/2
--
--
7 41/64
7 56/64 8
88
8 24/64
8
8 1/8
8 1/4
7 6/64
7 6/64
7 6/64
7 61/64
8 3/64
8 3/64
2 1/2
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
8 1/4
7 48/64
8 13/64
2 13/16
--
--
--
--
N/A
5
N/A 5
8 3/8
7 48/64
8 21/64
3
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
8 1/2
7 48/64
8 29/64
3 1/4
--
--
--
--
8 30/64
8 32/64 3
3 1/2
--
--
--
--
8 26/64
8 32/64 3
2 1/2
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
-----
-----
-----
-----
8 38/64
8 36/64
8 34/64
8 32/64 4
9 15/64
9 12/64
9 9/64
9 5/64
8 5/8
8 3/4
8 7/8
9
8 17/64
8 17/64
8 17/64
8 17/64
8 37/64
8 45/64
8 53/64
8 61/64
3 1/2
--
--
--
--
8 32/64 4
9
2 13/16
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
9 3/8
8 50/64
9 21/64
3
--
--
--
--
N/A
5
N/A 5
9 1/2
8 50/64
9 29/64
3 1/4
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
9 5/8
8 50/64
9 37/64
3 1/2
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
4 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
5 1/2
Boreback Diameter
4 44/64 - 4 45/64
Pin Relief Diameter
4 55/64 - 4 57/64
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 1/2 - 8 13/16
Max Pin Length
5 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
6 1/8
Boreback Diameter
5 17/64 - 5 18/64
Pin Relief Diameter
5 31/64 - 5 33/64
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 - 9 1/16
Max Pin Length
5 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
6 5/8 (Full Fc)
Boreback Diameter
5 17/64 - 5 18/64
Pin Relief Diameter
5.914 - 5.945
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 1/2 - 9 9/16
Max Pin Length
5 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/32
Max C'Bore Diameter
7 3/16 (Low Tq.)
Boreback Diameter
5 17/64 - 5 18/64
Pin Relief Diameter
5.914 - 5.945
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 1/2 - 9 9/16
Max Pin Length
6 3/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
7 33/64 (Full Fc)
Boreback Diameter
6 - 6 1/64
Pin Relief Diameter
6.803 - 6.834
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
9 - 10 3/16
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ID
Nom
Connection
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
7-5/8 H90 LT 4
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
8-5/8 H90 FF 3
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
-----
-----
-----
-----
9 55/64
9 53/64
9 51/64
9 48/64
10 37/64
10 35/64
10 33/64
10 29/64
9 3/4
9 7/8
10
10 1/8
10 1/4
9 21/64
9 21/64
9 21/64
9 21/64
9 21/64
2 13/16
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
10 1/2
9 47/64
3
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
10 5/8
9 47/64
3 1/4
--
--
--
--
N/A
N/A
3 1/2
--
--
--
--
N/A 5
N/A 5
8-5/8 H90 LT 4
2 13/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
-----
-----
-----
-----
11 8/64
11 7/64
11 5/64
11 3/64
11 60/64
11 59/64
11 57/64
11 55/64
NC10
23/32
1 18/64
1 23/64
--
--
--
--
10 3/4
10 7/8
11
11 1/8
11 1/4
11 3/8
11 1/2
1 3/8
10 43/64
10 43/64
10 43/64
10 43/64
10 43/64
10 43/64
10 43/64
1 19/64
NC12
29/32
1 31/64
1 38/64
--
--
--
--
1 5/8
1 33/64
5
5
Max Pin Length
6 3/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/32
Max C'Bore Diameter
8 1/16 (Low Tq.)
Boreback Diameter
6 - 6 1/64
Pin Relief Diameter
6.803 - 6.834
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
9 - 10 3/16
10 29/64 Max Pin Length
6 11/16
10 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
8 25/64 (Full Fc)
Boreback Diameter
6 3/4 - 6 49/64
Pin Relief Diameter
7.678 - 7.709
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 1/2 - 10 11/16
10 45/64 Max Pin Length
6 11/16
10 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth
9/32
10 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
9 7/16 (Low Tq.)
11 5/64 Boreback Diameter
6 3/4 - 6 49/64
11 13/64 Pin Relief Diameter
7.678 - 7.709
11 21/64 Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
11 24/64 Boreback Cylinder Length
9 1/2 - 10 11/16
1 21/64 Max Pin Length
1 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter
1 17/64
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
1 38/64 7 Max Pin Length
1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter
1 15/32
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
9 45/64
9 53/64
9 61/64
10 5/64
10 13/64
119
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Other Dimensions 6
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ID
Nom
Connection
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
120
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
Connection
ID
Nom
NC13
15/16
NC16
1
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
1 44/64
1 51/64
--
--
--
--
1 13/16
1 44/64
1 50/64 7 Max Pin Length
2
2 9/64
--
--
--
--
2 1/8
1 61/64
2 6/64 7
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`
2-7/8 FH
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
3 62/64
3 58/64
3 48/64
4 20/64
4 15/64
4 3/64
----
----
----
----
4 1/4
4 3/8
4 1/2
4 5/8
4 7/64
4 7/64
4 7/64
4 7/64
4 13/64
4 21/64
4 25/64
4 25/64
5-1/2 IF
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
--------
--------
--------
--------
8 43/64
8 43/64
8 41/64
8 39/64
8 36/64
8 33/64
8 28/64
9 17/64
9 17/64
9 15/64
9 13/64
9 9/64
9 5/64
9
6-5/8 IF
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
---------
---------
---------
---------
10 15/64
10 15/64
10 13/64
10 12/64
10 10/64
10 7/64
10 4/64
10
10 60/64
10 59/64
10 58/64
10 56/64
10 53/64
10 50/64
10 47/64
10 42/64
7 7/8
8
8 1/8
8 1/4
8 3/8
8 1/2
8 5/8
8 3/4
8 7/8
9 3/4
9 7/8
10
10 1/8
10 1/4
10 3/8
7 51/64
7 53/64 7
7 53/64 7
7 53/64 7
7 54/64
7 54/64
7 54/64
7 54/64
7 54/64
9 13/64
9 13/64
9 13/64
9 13/64
9 13/64
9 13/64
7 53/64
7 61/64
8 5/64
8 13/64
8 21/64
8 29/64
8 37/64
8 41/64
8 41/64
9 45/64
9 53/64
9 61/64
10 5/64
10 13/64
10 21/64
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Other Dimensions 6
1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter
1 19/32
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter
1 13/16
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
3 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
3 3/4
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
5 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
6 33/64
Boreback Diameter
5 44/64 - 5 45/64
Pin Relief Diameter
5.858 - 5.889
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 - 9 1/16
Max Pin Length
5 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
7 37/64
Boreback Diameter
6 48/64 - 6 49/64
Pin Relief Diameter
6.920 - 6.951
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
8 - 9 1/16
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
ID
Nom
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
3-1/2 OH
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
4 47/64
4 45/64
4 39/64
5 7/64
5 4/64
4 61/64
----
----
----
----
4 7/8
5
5 1/8
5 1/4
4 34/64
4 34/64
4 34/64
4 34/64
4 53/64
4 61/64
5 2/64
5 2/64
4 OH SW
2 1/2
2 3/4
5 39/64
5 34/64
-5 62/64
---
6 13/64
6 7/64
---
---
5 5/8
5 3/4
5 7/8
6
5 22/64
5 22/64
5 22/64
5 22/64
5 37/64
5 45/64
5 53/64
5 61/64
4 OH LW
2 1/2
2 3/4
5 41/64
5 36/64
---
---
6 15/64
6 9/64
---
---
5 5/8
5 3/4
5 7/8
6
5 22/64
5 22/64
5 22/64
5 22/64
5 37/64
5 45/64
5 53/64
5 61/64
4-1/2 OH
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
-----
-----
6 32/64
6 31/64
6 28/64
6 24/64
6 54/64
6 52/64
6 49/64
6 44/64
-----
-----
6 3/8
6 1/2
6 5/8
6 3/4
5 54/64
5 54/64
5 54/64
5 54/64
6 21/64
6 29/64
6 32/64
6 32/64
2-3/8 WO
1 13/16
3 7/64
3 20/64
--
--
--
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 1/2
3 7/64
3 7/64
3 7/64
3 13/64
3 21/64
3 29/64
--
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
3 5/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 1/64
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
4 1/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 45/64
Boreback Diameter
4 10/64 - 4 11/64
Pin Relief Diameter
4.135 - 4.166
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
7 - 8 1/16
Max Pin Length
3 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
4 45/64
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
Max Pin Length
3 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
5 1/64
Boreback Diameter
4 34/64 - 4 35/64
Pin Relief Diameter
4.471 - 4.502
Pin Relief Width
3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length
6 3/4 - 7 13/16
Max Pin Length
2 7/16
Min C'Bore Depth
9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter
2 59/64
Boreback Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Diameter
N/A
Pin Relief Width
N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length
N/A
121
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Connection
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
122
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
OD
Greater
or = to 1
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Min
Max
--
4
4 1/8
4 1/4
4 3/8
3 55/64 7
3 55/64 7
3 57/64
3 57/64
3 61/64
4 5/64
4 13/64
4 20/64
--
--
5
5 1/8
4 46/64
4 46/64
4 61/64
5 5/64
--
--
--
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 7/64
3 7/64
3 13/64
3 21/64
--
--
--
--
4
4 1/8
4 1/4
4 3/8
3 45/64
3 45/64
3 45/64
3 45/64
3 61/64
4 5/64
4 13/64
4 14/64
---
---
---
---
4 3/4
4 7/8
5
5 1/8
5 1/4
4 28/64
4 28/64
4 28/64
4 28/64
4 28/64
4 45/64
4 53/64
4 61/64
5
5
Connection
ID
Nom
2-7/8 WO
1 1/2
3 60/64
4 16/64
--
--
--
3-1/2 WO
1 13/16
4 53/64
5 14/64
--
--
2-3/8 SL H90
1 1/4
3 20/64
3 36/64
--
2-7/8 SL H90
1 1/2
3 60/64
4 15/64
3-1/2 SL H90
1 7/8
2
4 49/64
4 48/64
5 9/64
5 7/64
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Other Dimensions 6
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Max Pin Length
Min C'Bore Depth
Max C'Bore Diameter
Boreback Diameter
Pin Relief Diameter
Pin Relief Width
Boreback Cylinder Length
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
3 1/16
9/16
3 7/16
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3 9/16
9/16
4 9/64
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2 7/8
9/16
2 53/64
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3
9/16
3 19/64
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3 1/4
9/16
3 15/16
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
NOTES:
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
1. On BHA components (other than bit boxes) with smaller ODs than listed, break corner 1/32" × 45° or use smallest bevel diameter shown, whichever is smaller. The largest bevel diameter
OD
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
Bevel Diameter
shown for a connection
dimensions and the API recommended makeup
torque,
ID is the largest bevel diameter recommended for that connection. Depending on the mating component's
Range 2
Connection
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Greater
Other Dimensions 6
galling or finningNom
of the seal may occur from makeup alone, which may require seal refacing.
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
or = to 1
Min
Max
2.
It was found that connections employing bevel diameter ranges from DS-1 First and Second Editions may experience seal stresses exceeding yield. This can occur in certain cases when
tools with small pin ODs and IDs are mated with tools having large box ODs and are tightened to API makeup torque. To remedy this problem, bevel diameter ranges were calculated
to ensure that seal stress always falls between 40 and 100 percent of minimum yield stress at API makeup torque. The formulas and methodology for calculating these bevel diameters
are given in DS-1 Volume 3.
3.
The acceptance criteria here are based on the need for a "low torque" face on connections with larger diameters than those shown. For BSRs, see Table 3.7.4.3 of this volume.
4.
The acceptance criteria here are based on the need for a "full face" on connections with smaller diameters than those shown. For BSRs, see Table 3.7.4.3 of this volume.
5.
This connection cannot meet the listed BSR with "full face" dimensions.
6.
The pin stress relief groove width range in this table is based on the results of finite element analysis (FEA) and fatigue analysis performed by T H Hill Associates. See DS-1 Fifth Edition,
Volume 2 for more information on this analysis. If boreback cylinder diameter is the same as the ID of the component, then maximum boreback cylinder length requirement does not
apply.
7.
Bevel diameter has been modified in order to avoid a conflict with the acceptance criteria in Clause 6.2, API Specification 7-2, First Edition, Addendum 1. Connections may experience
a seal stress less than 40 percent of minimum yield stress when tools with large pin IDs are mated with tools having small box ODs and tightened to API makeup torque. Connection
may also experience seal stresses exceeding yield in certain cases when tools with small pin ODs and IDs are mated with tools having large box ODs and are tightened to API makeup
torque.
8.
The specified BSR (Bending Strength Ratio) range determines the acceptable minimum and maximum outside diameters for BHA components. The three BSR ranges (and their
corresponding diameters) are:
Drill Collar OD
Recommended BSR Range
< 6 inches
6 - < 8 inches
≥ 8 inches
1.8 - 2.5
2.25 - 2.75
2.5 - 3.2
These ranges are based on the Recommended BSR Ranges and design constraints that have been provided in DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3. They are given here for the inspector's
convenience in the event that they apply to the inspection being conducted. If a BSR range other than one of these is specified, the inspector must refer to Table 3.7.4.3 of this volume
to determine minimum and maximum acceptable outside diameters. If no BSR range is specified, the inspector should check with the person ordering the inspection to determine the
BSR range he or she desires. The compliance of acceptable Drill Collar OD ranges with the design constraints has been explained in the following example:
The Outside Diameter Range has been calculated for recommended BSR ranges based on the formulas and methodology provided in DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3.
Connection
ID
Nom.
NC44
2 1/4
The recommended BSR range of 1.8 - 2.5 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar
OD < 6". Therefore maximum acceptable OD is restricted to 5 63/64".
Calculated Outside Diameter Range (Volume 3)
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
5 35/64
6
5 54/64 6 10/64
6
6 27/64
The recommended BSR range of 2.25 - 2.75 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar OD is between 6" and 7-7/8". Therefore minimum acceptable OD is restricted to 6".
The recommended BSR range of 2.5 - 3.2 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar
OD ≥ 8". Therefore, there is no acceptable OD range.
Therefore, the Acceptable Outside Diameter Range is given below:
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
(Volume 3)
123
Connection
ID
Nom.
NC44
2 1/4
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
OD
OD
Min
Max
5 35/64 5 63/64
BSR 2.25 - 2.75
OD
OD
Min
Max
6
6 10/64
BSR 2.5 - 3.2
OD
OD
Min
Max
----`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
124
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
Connection
ID
Nom
Table 3.7.4.2
BitDiameter
Bevel Diameter
Ranges for API Reg Connections
Acceptable
Outside
Range 8
dimensions
OD
BSR 1.8 - 2.5
BSR 2.25 - 2.75 (AllBSR
2.5 - 3.2in inches)
Bevel Diameter
Range 2
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
OD
Greater
1
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
or = to
Min
Max
Connection
Other Dimensions 6
Bevel Diameter
Maximum
2-3/8 REG
3 1/16
3 3/32
2-7/8 REG
3 5/8
3 21/32
3-1/2 REG
4 1/8
4 5/32
4-1/2 REG
5 11/32
5 3/8
6-5/8 REG
7 3/8
7 13/32
7-5/8 REG
8 31/64
8 33/64
8-5/8 REG
9 9/16
9 19/32
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Minimum
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections
NC23
2-3/4
1.45
1.66
2.18
2-7/8
1.80
2.06
2.70
3
2.17
2.49
3.26
OD (in)
3-1/8
2.57
2.94
3.86
3-1/4
3.00
3.43
4.51
3-3/8
3.46
3.96
5.20
3-1/2
3.95
4.52
3-1/8
1.43
1.64
2.10
3-1/4
1.74
1.99
2.55
3-3/8
2.07
2.36
3.03
OD (in)
3-1/2
2.42
2.76
3.54
3-5/8
2.79
3.19
4.08
3-3/4
3.18
3.64
4.66
3-7/8
3.60
4.11
5.27
4
4.04
4.62
5.92
3-7/8
1.59
1.69
1.85
4
1.84
1.94
2.14
4-1/8
2.10
2.22
2.44
OD (in)
4-1/4
2.37
2.51
2.75
4-3/8
2.65
2.81
3.08
4-1/2
2.95
3.13
3.43
4-5/8
3.27
3.46
3.80
4-3/4
3.60
3.81
4.19
4-1/8
1.26
1.30
1.38
1.51
1.74
4-1/4
1.46
1.51
1.60
1.75
2.01
4-3/8
1.66
1.73
1.83
2.00
2.29
4-1/2
1.88
1.95
2.07
2.26
2.59
OD (in)
4-5/8
2.11
2.19
2.32
2.53
2.91
4-3/4
2.35
2.44
2.58
2.82
3.24
4-7/8
2.60
2.69
2.85
3.12
3.58
5
2.86
2.97
3.14
3.43
3.95
5-1/8
3.14
3.25
3.44
3.76
4.32
5-1/4
3.42
3.55
3.76
4.11
4.72
4-1/2
1.31
1.35
1.40
1.49
1.64
4-5/8
1.50
1.54
1.60
1.70
1.87
4-3/4
1.69
1.73
1.80
1.92
2.10
4-7/8
1.89
1.94
2.01
2.14
2.35
OD (in)
5
2.09
2.15
2.24
2.38
2.61
5-1/8
2.31
2.37
2.47
2.63
2.88
5-1/4
2.54
2.61
2.71
2.88
3.17
5-3/8
2.78
2.85
2.97
3.15
3.46
5-1/2
3.02
3.10
3.23
3.43
3.77
5-5/8
3.28
3.37
3.50
3.73
4.09
NC26
ID (in)
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
NC31
ID (in)
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
NC35
ID (in)
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
NC38
ID (in)
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ID (in)
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
125
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
126
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections
NC40
ID (in)
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
5
1.66
1.74
1.86
2.11
5-1/8
1.85
1.93
2.07
2.35
5-1/4
2.04
2.14
2.29
2.60
5-3/8
2.25
2.35
2.51
2.86
OD (in)
5-1/2
2.46
2.57
2.75
3.12
5-5/8
2.68
2.80
2.99
3.40
5-3/4
2.91
3.04
3.25
3.70
5-7/8
3.14
3.29
3.52
4.00
5-5/8
1.86
1.92
2.01
2.19
5-3/4
2.04
2.10
2.20
2.39
5-7/8
2.22
2.29
2.40
2.61
OD (in)
6
2.41
2.49
2.61
2.84
6-1/8
2.61
2.70
2.82
3.07
6-1/4
2.82
2.91
3.04
3.31
6-3/8
3.03
3.13
3.27
3.56
6-1/2
3.25
3.36
3.51
3.82
5-1/2
1.33
1.37
1.42
1.52
1.61
1.78
5-5/8
1.48
1.52
1.58
1.69
1.79
1.98
5-3/4
1.64
1.68
1.74
1.87
1.97
2.19
5-7/8
1.80
1.85
1.91
2.05
2.17
2.40
6
1.97
2.02
2.09
2.24
2.37
2.62
6-1/8
2.14
2.19
2.28
2.44
2.58
2.85
OD (in)
6-1/4
2.32
2.38
2.47
2.64
2.79
3.09
6
1.31
1.34
1.41
1.46
1.56
1.70
6-1/8
1.45
1.48
1.55
1.61
1.72
1.88
6-1/4
1.59
1.63
1.71
1.77
1.89
2.06
6-3/8
1.74
1.78
1.86
1.93
2.06
2.25
6-1/2
1.89
1.93
2.03
2.10
2.24
2.45
6-5/8
2.04
2.10
2.19
2.28
2.43
2.65
OD (in)
6-3/4
2.21
2.26
2.37
2.46
2.62
2.86
NC44
ID (in)
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
NC46
ID (in)
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
NC50
ID (in)
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
6
3.39
3.55
3.79
4.31
6-1/8
3.65
3.82
4.08
6-3/8
2.50
2.57
2.66
2.85
3.02
3.34
6-1/2
2.70
2.77
2.87
3.07
3.25
3.60
6-5/8
2.89
2.97
3.08
3.30
3.49
3.86
6-3/4
3.10
3.18
3.30
3.53
3.74
4.14
6-7/8
3.31
3.40
3.53
3.77
3.99
4.42
7
3.53
3.62
3.76
4.02
6-7/8
2.37
2.43
2.55
2.64
2.82
3.08
7
2.54
2.61
2.73
2.83
3.02
3.30
7-1/8
2.72
2.79
2.92
3.03
3.24
3.53
7-1/4
2.91
2.98
3.12
3.24
3.45
3.77
7-3/8
3.10
3.17
3.32
3.45
3.68
4.02
7-1/2
3.29
3.38
3.53
3.67
3.91
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections
NC56
ID (in)
2-1/4
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
6-5/8
1.40
1.46
1.50
1.56
1.64
6-3/4
1.52
1.58
1.62
1.69
1.77
6-7/8
1.63
1.71
1.75
1.82
1.91
7
1.76
1.84
1.88
1.95
2.06
7-1/8
1.88
1.97
2.02
2.10
2.21
7-1/4
2.02
2.11
2.16
2.24
2.36
OD (in)
7-3/8
2.15
2.25
2.30
2.39
2.52
7-1/2
2.29
2.39
2.45
2.55
2.68
7-5/8
2.43
2.54
2.60
2.71
2.85
7-3/4
2.58
2.70
2.76
2.87
3.02
7-7/8
2.73
2.86
2.92
3.04
3.20
8
2.89
3.02
3.09
3.21
3.38
8-1/8
3.05
3.19
3.26
3.39
3.57
8-1/4
3.22
3.36
3.44
3.58
3.77
7-1/2
1.58
1.61
1.63
1.67
1.73
7-5/8
1.69
1.72
1.74
1.79
1.85
7-3/4
1.80
1.83
1.86
1.91
1.97
7-7/8
1.91
1.95
1.98
2.03
2.10
8
2.03
2.07
2.10
2.16
2.23
8-1/8
2.16
2.20
2.23
2.29
2.36
OD (in)
8-1/4
2.28
2.32
2.36
2.42
2.50
8-3/8
2.41
2.46
2.49
2.56
2.64
8-1/2
2.54
2.59
2.63
2.70
2.79
8-5/8
2.68
2.73
2.77
2.84
2.94
8-3/4
2.82
2.87
2.92
2.99
3.09
8-7/8
2.96
3.02
3.06
3.14
3.25
9
3.11
3.17
3.22
3.30
3.41
9-1/8
3.26
3.32
3.37
3.46
3.57
8-7/8
1.77
1.79
1.81
1.83
1.86
1.91
9
1.87
1.89
1.91
1.93
1.97
2.02
9-1/8
1.97
1.99
2.01
2.04
2.08
2.12
9-1/4
2.08
2.10
2.12
2.15
2.19
2.24
9-3/8
2.18
2.21
2.23
2.26
2.30
2.35
9-1/2
2.29
2.32
2.34
2.37
2.41
2.47
OD (in)
9-5/8
2.40
2.43
2.45
2.49
2.53
2.59
9-3/4
2.52
2.55
2.57
2.60
2.65
2.71
9-7/8
2.64
2.66
2.69
2.73
2.78
2.84
10
2.76
2.79
2.81
2.85
2.90
2.97
10-1/8
2.88
2.91
2.94
2.98
3.03
3.10
10-1/4
3.01
3.04
3.06
3.11
3.16
3.24
10-3/8
3.13
3.17
3.20
3.24
3.30
3.38
10-1/2
3.27
3.30
3.33
3.38
3.44
3.52
9-5/8
1.68
1.69
1.71
1.73
1.76
9-3/4
1.77
1.78
1.80
1.82
1.85
9-7/8
1.86
1.87
1.89
1.91
1.94
10
1.95
1.96
1.98
2.01
2.04
10-1/8
2.05
2.06
2.08
2.10
2.14
10-1/4
2.14
2.16
2.18
2.20
2.24
10-3/8
2.24
2.25
2.28
2.30
2.34
10-1/2
2.34
2.36
2.38
2.41
2.44
OD (in)
10-5/8
2.44
2.46
2.48
2.51
2.55
10-3/4
2.55
2.56
2.59
2.62
2.66
10-7/8
2.66
2.67
2.70
2.73
2.77
11
2.77
2.78
2.81
2.84
2.89
11-1/8
2.88
2.89
2.92
2.96
3.00
11-1/4
2.99
3.01
3.04
3.08
3.12
NC61
ID (in)
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
NC70
ID (in)
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
NC77
ID (in)
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
127
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
11-3/8
3.11
3.13
3.16
3.20
3.25
11-1/2
3.23
3.25
3.28
3.32
3.37
11-5/8
3.35
3.37
3.40
3.44
3.50
128
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections
5-1/2 IF
ID (in)
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
7-3/4
1.59
1.62
1.65
1.69
1.74
7-7/8
1.71
1.74
1.77
1.81
1.87
8
1.83
1.86
1.89
1.94
2.00
8-1/8
1.95
1.99
2.02
2.07
2.14
8-1/4
2.08
2.12
2.15
2.21
2.28
8-3/8
2.21
2.25
2.29
2.34
2.42
OD (in)
8-1/2
2.34
2.39
2.42
2.49
2.57
8-5/8
2.48
2.53
2.57
2.63
2.72
8-3/4
2.62
2.67
2.71
2.78
2.87
8-7/8
2.77
2.82
2.86
2.93
3.03
9
2.92
2.97
3.01
3.09
3.19
9-1/8
3.07
3.12
3.17
3.25
3.36
9-1/4
3.22
3.28
3.33
3.42
3.53
9-3/8
3.38
3.45
3.50
3.59
3.70
9
1.50
1.52
9-1/8
1.60
1.62
9-1/4
1.70
1.73
9-3/8
1.80
1.83
9-1/2
1.91
1.94
9-5/8
2.02
2.05
OD (in)
9-3/4
2.13
2.16
9-7/8
2.24
2.28
10
2.36
2.40
10-1/8
2.48
2.52
10-1/4
2.60
2.64
10-3/8
2.72
2.76
10-1/2
2.85
2.89
10-5/8
2.98
3.02
2-7/8
2.01
2.29
3
2.36
2.70
OD (in)
3-1/8
2.75
3.14
3-1/4
3.17
3.62
3-3/8
3.61
4.13
3-1/4
1.71
1.83
2.06
3-3/8
1.98
2.12
2.38
OD (in)
3-1/2
2.27
2.42
2.73
3-5/8
2.58
2.75
3.10
3-3/4
2.91
3.10
3.49
3-7/8
3.26
3.48
3.91
4
3.63
3.87
4.35
3-3/4
1.48
1.56
1.70
3-7/8
1.69
1.79
1.95
4
1.92
2.02
2.21
OD (in)
4-1/8
2.16
2.27
2.48
4-1/4
2.41
2.54
2.77
4-3/8
2.67
2.82
3.07
4-1/2
2.95
3.11
3.39
4-5/8
3.25
3.42
3.73
4-3/4
3.56
3.75
4.09
5-3/8
1.77
1.83
1.92
5-1/2
1.94
2.00
2.10
5-5/8
2.11
2.18
2.29
OD (in)
5-3/4
2.29
2.37
2.49
5-7/8
2.48
2.56
2.69
6
2.68
2.77
2.90
6-1/8
2.88
2.98
3.12
6-1/4
3.09
3.20
3.35
6-3/8
3.31
3.42
3.59
6-5/8 IF
ID (in)
3-1/4
3-1/2
2-3/8 REG
ID (in)
1-1/4
1-1/2
2-3/4
1.67
1.91
2-7/8 REG
ID (in)
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
3-1/8
1.46
1.56
1.75
3-1/2 REG
ID (in)
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
3-5/8
1.28
1.35
1.47
4-1/2 REG
ID (in)
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
5-1/4
1.61
1.66
1.74
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections
5-1/2 REG
ID (in)
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
6-1/4
1.51
1.55
1.61
1.66
1.76
1.90
6-3/8
1.65
1.68
1.75
1.81
1.91
2.06
6-1/2
1.78
1.82
1.89
1.96
2.07
2.23
6-5/8
1.92
1.96
2.04
2.11
2.23
2.41
6-3/4
2.07
2.11
2.20
2.27
2.40
2.59
OD (in)
6-7/8
2.22
2.27
2.36
2.43
2.57
2.77
7
2.37
2.42
2.52
2.60
2.75
2.97
7-1/8
2.53
2.59
2.69
2.78
2.94
3.17
7-1/4
2.70
2.76
2.87
2.96
3.13
3.37
7-3/8
2.87
2.93
3.05
3.15
3.33
3.59
7-1/2
3.04
3.11
3.24
3.34
3.53
3.81
7-5/8
3.22
3.29
3.43
3.54
3.74
4.04
7-1/4
1.69
1.74
1.77
1.84
1.92
7-3/8
1.82
1.87
1.91
1.98
2.07
7-1/2
1.96
2.01
2.05
2.12
2.23
7-5/8
2.10
2.15
2.20
2.28
2.38
7-3/4
2.24
2.30
2.35
2.43
2.55
OD (in)
7-7/8
2.39
2.45
2.50
2.59
2.71
8
2.54
2.60
2.66
2.75
2.88
8-1/8
2.69
2.76
2.82
2.92
3.06
8-1/4
2.85
2.93
2.99
3.10
3.24
8-3/8
3.02
3.10
3.16
3.27
3.43
8-1/2
3.19
3.27
3.34
3.46
3.62
8-5/8
3.36
3.45
3.52
3.64
3.82
8-1/2
1.80
2.28
8-5/8
1.91
2.40
8-3/4
2.02
2.53
8-7/8
2.13
2.66
9
2.25
2.79
OD (in)
9-1/8
2.37
2.93
9-1/4
2.49
3.07
9-3/8
2.62
3.22
9-1/2
2.75
3.36
9-5/8
2.88
3.52
9-3/4
3.01
3-3/4
9-7/8
3.15
1.86
9-5/8
1.69
1.70
1.71
1.74
1.77
9-3/4
1.78
1.79
1.81
1.83
1.86
9-7/8
1.87
1.89
1.90
1.93
1.96
10
1.97
1.98
2.00
2.03
2.06
10-1/8
2.07
2.08
2.10
2.13
2.17
10-1/4
2.17
2.18
2.21
2.24
2.27
OD (in)
10-3/8
2.27
2.29
2.31
2.34
2.38
10-1/2
2.38
2.39
2.42
2.45
2.49
10-5/8
2.49
2.50
2.53
2.56
2.60
10-3/4
2.60
2.61
2.64
2.67
2.72
10-7/8
2.71
2.73
2.75
2.79
2.84
11
2.82
2.84
2.87
2.91
2.96
11-1/8
2.94
2.96
2.99
3.03
3.08
4
1.57
1.65
1.77
4-1/8
1.79
1.87
2.01
4-1/4
2.01
2.10
2.26
4-3/8
2.25
2.35
2.52
OD (in)
4-1/2
2.50
2.61
2.80
4-5/8
2.76
2.88
3.10
4-3/4
3.03
3.17
3.41
4-7/8
3.32
3.47
3.73
5
3.62
3.79
4.07
6-1/8
1.39
1.42
1.48
1.52
1.61
1.74
6-5/8 REG
ID (in)
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
7-1/8
1.56
1.61
1.64
1.70
1.78
7-5/8 REG
ID (in)
2-1/2
2.04
8-3/8
1.70
2.16
8-5/8 REG
ID (in)
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
2-7/8 FH
129
ID (in)
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
10
3.30
1.98
130
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections
3-1/2 FH
4-3/8
1.43
1.47
1.54
1.64
1.82
4-1/2
1.61
1.66
1.73
1.85
2.05
4-5/8
1.80
1.85
1.93
2.07
2.29
4-3/4
2.00
2.05
2.15
2.30
2.55
OD (in)
4-7/8
2.21
2.27
2.37
2.54
2.81
5
2.42
2.49
2.60
2.79
3.09
5-1/8
2.65
2.73
2.85
3.05
3.38
5-1/4
2.89
2.97
3.11
3.32
3.69
5-3/8
3.14
3.23
3.37
3.61
4.00
5-1/2
3.40
3.50
3.65
3.91
4.34
5-1/2
1.60
1.65
1.72
1.85
1.97
2.21
5-5/8
1.76
1.81
1.88
2.03
2.16
2.42
5-3/4
1.92
1.97
2.06
2.22
2.36
2.65
5-7/8
2.09
2.15
2.24
2.41
2.57
2.88
6
2.26
2.33
2.43
2.61
2.78
3.12
OD (in)
6-1/8
2.45
2.52
2.62
2.82
3.01
3.37
6-1/4
2.64
2.71
2.82
3.04
3.24
3.63
6-3/8
2.83
2.91
3.03
3.27
3.48
3.90
6-1/2
3.03
3.12
3.25
3.50
3.73
4.18
6-5/8
3.24
3.34
3.47
3.75
3.99
6-3/4
3.46
3.56
3.71
4.00
6-3/4
1.39
1.41
1.46
1.49
1.55
1.64
6-7/8
1.52
1.54
1.59
1.62
1.69
1.78
7
1.64
1.67
1.72
1.76
1.83
1.94
7-1/8
1.78
1.81
1.86
1.90
1.98
2.09
7-1/4
1.91
1.95
2.00
2.05
2.14
2.25
7-3/8
2.05
2.09
2.15
2.20
2.29
2.42
OD (in)
7-1/2
2.20
2.24
2.30
2.36
2.45
2.59
7-5/8
2.35
2.39
2.46
2.52
2.62
2.76
7-3/4
2.50
2.54
2.62
2.68
2.79
2.95
7-7/8
2.66
2.70
2.78
2.85
2.97
3.13
8
2.82
2.87
2.95
3.03
3.15
3.32
8-1/8
2.99
3.04
3.13
3.20
3.34
3.52
8-1/4
3.16
3.21
3.31
3.39
3.53
3.72
8-3/8
3.34
3.39
3.50
3.58
3.73
3.93
8-1/4
1.65
1.68
1.70
1.73
1.78
1.84
8-3/8
1.76
1.79
1.81
1.85
1.90
1.96
8-1/2
1.88
1.91
1.93
1.97
2.02
2.09
8-5/8
2.00
2.03
2.06
2.10
2.15
2.23
8-3/4
2.12
2.16
2.18
2.23
2.28
2.36
8-7/8
2.25
2.28
2.31
2.36
2.42
2.50
OD (in)
9
2.38
2.41
2.44
2.49
2.56
2.64
9-1/8
2.51
2.55
2.58
2.63
2.70
2.79
9-1/4
2.64
2.69
2.72
2.77
2.85
2.94
9-3/8
2.78
2.83
2.86
2.92
3.00
3.10
9-1/2
2.93
2.97
3.01
3.07
3.15
3.25
9-5/8
3.07
3.12
3.15
3.22
3.30
3.42
9-3/4
3.22
3.27
3.31
3.38
3.46
3.58
9-7/8
3.37
3.42
3.46
3.53
3.63
3.75
4-1/2 FH
ID (in)
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
5-1/2 FH
ID (in)
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
6-5/8 FH
ID (in)
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ID (in)
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Table3.7.4.4
3.7.4.3Rotary
Bending
Strength Connection
Ratio for BHA
Connections
Table
Shouldered
Interchange
List
(Connections in the same column are interchangeable)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Current API Name (Preferred)
NC26
NC31
–
–
NC38
NC40
NC46
NC50
2-3/8
2-7/8
–
–
3-1/2
–
4
4-1/2
–
–
–
–
4
–
–
Extra Hole (XH)
–
–
2-7/8
3-1/2
–
–
4-1/2
5
Double Streamline (DSL)
–
–
3-1/2
–
–
4-1/2
–
5-1/2
2-7/8
3-1/2
–
4
4-1/2
–
–
–
–
–
–
4-1/2
–
–
–
–
Obsolete API Name
Internal Flush (IF)
Full Hole (FH)
1
Other Obsolete Name
Slim Hole (SH)
External Flush (EF)
Several Rotary Shouldered Connections are interchangeable with other connections having different names. “Interchangeable” means
that the connections will mate together, make-up and function, though function may not be as good as with the preferred connection. This situation has occurred because efforts were made to maintain interchangeability with existing products as improvements
were made to connections over the years.
The current API Nomenclature was adopted in 1968. The difference between the current API connections and their obsolete counterparts is that the NC connections require the use of an improved thread form (V-038R) while this thread form is optional with the
older counterparts. Even though almost all connections that now carry the old names are cut with the improved thread form current
API nomenclature (NC—) should be used, if possible, when specifying connections on this list.
1
All “Full Hole” Connections except the 5-1/2FH and 6-5/8FH are obsolete.
131
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
132
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections
This page intentionally left blank.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
A
Acceptable Component: A drill stem component that
meets or exceeds the acceptance criteria of this standard
after undergoing the specified inspection program.
Acceptance Criteria: The dimensions, conditions, and
properties that a drill stem component must meet or exceed
to be considered acceptable.
API: American Petroleum Institute.
Apparatus: The devices, equipment, and fixtures an assembler, inspector, or tester need to conduct their work.
B
Backreamer: A cutter that is located in the gauge area of
a blade closer to the connection than any other cutters and
is typically near the edge of the gauge area.
Base Metal: The base metal consists of the portion of a
steel bit body that was originally manufactured and should
not be modified or removed.
Bending Strength Ratio (BSR): With regards to BHA
connections, the ratio of the box section modulus to the
pin section modulus is known as the Bending Strength
Ratio (BSR). The BSR applies only to connections of drill
collars and other stiff-bodied components that are run in
the BHA.
Bond Line: When the bit connection is welded to the bit
body, a bond line may exist at the interface.
Boreback Box: A box connection of a BHA component
can have a boreback machined to remove un-engaged
threads and increase the fatigue life of the box connection.
Bottom Hole Assembly (BHA): The bottom hole assembly consists of heavy drill stem components configured
to accomplish certain tasks and placed at the bottom of
the drill string. BHA components may concentrate weight
on the bit, rotate the bit, measure drilling parameters and
hole trajectory, steer the bit, or perform other functions.
Breaker Slot: The breaker slot is similar to a mill slot on a
tool joint. It consists of a groove that has been machined
to allow for the gripping of the bit when making up the
bit connection in the field as well as for stampings to exist
in a known location.
C
Calibration: Calibration occurs when a measuring device
is corrected by comparing its output with a standard of
known dimensions traceable to the National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST) or an equivalent body.
Casing While Drilling (CWD) Bits: Using a top drive
casing running tool, casing can be set while drilling operations occur by connecting the drilling bit to the casing
directly. For these operations, a Casing While Drilling
(CWD) bit is used.
Bevel Diameter: The outer diameter of the contact face
(seal surface) of a rotary shouldered connection.
Cone: The cone consists of the essentially horizontal
portion of a blade closest to the center of the bit body.
Bi-Center Bits: Fixed cutter bits that feature a pilot section
and a reamer section. The pilot section is similar to a typical
PDC bit, while the reamer section consists of primary
blades and cutters that are on only one side of the bit.
Coring Bits: Like through-bits, coring bits are fixed cutter
bits which feature a central through-hole that can be used
to collect core samples from the formation.
Blacklight Inspection: A blacklight inspection is performed using a wet fluorescent magnetic particle solution
to examine components for indications.
Blades: The blades are protrusions from the bit body that
contain the cutters. Primary blades run all the way to the
center of the bit body, while secondary blades do not run
all the way to the center of the bit body. The leading side
faces the same direction as the faces of most of the cutters.
The trailing side of a blade faces opposite the faces of most
of the cutters. The top of a blade is the portion farthest
from the pin nose.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Crack: A line on the surface of the material along which
it has partial separation, with or without a perceptible
opening.
Customer: The party that is at immediate economic risk
in the event of a tool failure. Except in a turnkey drilling
situation, this will normally be an operating company that
is drilling a well.
Cutters: Cutters shear or fracture the formation and consist
of PDC material that does the shearing or fracturing and a
substrate that supports the PDC material. Primary cutters
are those which have faces that are often parallel to the
leading side of a blade. Secondary cutters may be on the
133
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Glossary
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
D
Depth of Cut Management Element: A depth of cut
management element is either part of the bit body or
consists of carbide or diamond. Each element may protrude
from the blades near the cutters in its own pocket or may
be part of the top of the blade that is designed to contact
the formation at a specified penetration per revolution.
Diamond Bits: Fixed cutter bits that have diamond inserts
impregnated into the bit body. Diamond bits consist of a
matrix body and a steel sleeve.
F
Failure: Failure occurs when improper performance of a
component or process prevents completion of its intended
function.
Fatigue: Fatigue is the progressive localized permanent
structural damage that occurs when a material undergoes
repeated, fluctuating stress cycles. As fatigue damage
accumulates at a point, a fatigue crack or cracks can form.
Under continued stress cycles, these cracks can grow until
failure occurs. In drill stem components, stress cycles occur
when the component is bent or buckled, then rotated. They
also result from vibration.
Fitness for Purpose: The principle of tightening or loosening the arbitrary acceptance criteria in this standard when
such action is appropriate for either reducing risk or safely
reducing cost is known as fitness for purpose.
Fixed Cutter Bits: Fixed cutter bits are drilling bits that
generally have no moving parts (with the exception of
rotating cutters) but contain cutters or inserts that typically
shear or fracture the formation during drilling operations.
G
Galling: Galling occurs when there is a transfer of metal
from one surface to another as the two surfaces slide over
one another while being pressed together.
Gauge Area: The gauge area consists of anything below
the OD (closer to the connection) on the bit body.
Gauge Pads: Gauge pads consist of the essentially vertical
protrusions adjacent to the blades that run to the shank.
The gauge pads may feature a nominal, straight-relieved,
step, or taper design or a combination of these.
H
Hardfacing: Hardfacing consists of metal deposited on
the base metal by welding or brazing, used to build-up
the bit body.
Heat Checking: Heat checking cracks are typically shallow
and are usually formed while the drill stem is rotated with
high side loads.
I
Inspection Method: An inspection method consists of
a process that is used to evaluate one, or at most a few,
conditions.
Inspection Procedure: An inspection procedure includes
step-by-step requirements and process quality controls for
the conduct of an inspection method.
Inspection Program: An inspection program is a group
of one or more inspection methods that are applied to
evaluate the acceptability of drill stem components and the
criteria against which the acceptability of the components
will be judged.
Inspector: The person who performs an inspection is the
inspector.
J
Junk Slots: The areas between two blades on the bit body.
L
Last Engaged Thread: The last thread of a pin connection engaged with a box connection or a box connection
engaged with the pin.
Level: The inspection level determines the criticality of
the inspection and is specified by the customer of the
inspection.
Liquid Penetrant Inspection: A liquid penetrant inspection is performed using liquid penetrant to examine
components for indications. A blacklight inspection is
performed using a wet fluorescent magnetic particle solution to examine components for indications.
134
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
top of the blade and are effectively behind the primary cutters. Each cutter consists of a substrate, which is typically
tungsten carbide, and a diamond table. The diamond table
is exposed and shears or fractures the formation, while
the substrate contains the diamond table and is mostly
concealed by the bit body.
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
M
Makeup: To screw a connection together.
Makeup Torque (MUT): The Makeup Torque (MUT)
is the torque that is to be applied to threaded connections
(including rotary shouldered connections) during makeup.
Matrix Body: If a bit body is comprised of composite
material such as tungsten carbide with a binder alloy, then
it is described as having a matrix body.
May: Optional or non-mandatory requirement.
N
Natural Diamond Bits: Natural diamond bits contain
naturally occurring diamond inserts set into the surface
of a matrix body.
NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology.
Nose: The nose consists of the nearly horizontal portion
of a blade between the cone and the shoulder.
Nozzles: Nozzles are threaded portholes with O-ring seals
from which fluid is projected.
Rejectable Component: A drill stem component which
fails to meet the acceptance criteria outlined in this standard after undergoing all or part of the specified inspection
program is considered rejectable.
Required Action: An action that is required must be
accomplished in order to comply with this standard.
Responsibility for compliance with any required action of
this standard can only be established by one user of this
standard upon another by agreement between the two
parties.
Root Radius: The root radius consists of the fillet that
is present at the intersection of any protrusion, such as a
blade or gauge pad, and the bit body.
Rotary Shouldered Connection: A rotary threaded connection is characterized by tapered threads and makeup
shoulders.
S
Shall: Indicates mandatory requirement.
Shank: The area between the bit connection and the gauge
pads and junk slots that includes the breaker slot.
O
Should: Indicates that the requirement is recommended
but not mandatory.
OD Area: The OD area consists of the nearly vertical
portion of a blade between the gauge area and the shoulder.
Shoulder: On a rotary shouldered connection, the parts
of pin connection and a box connection that abruptly stop
further thread engagement when the connection is madeup
are called the shoulders. On a bit body, the shoulder
consists of the portion of a blade between the nose and the
OD that is oriented at approximately 45 degrees.
OD: The OD is the outer diameter of the bit body.
P
Pockets: Pockets are the portions of a blade that contain
the cutters.
Polycrystalline Diamond Compact (PDC) Bits: PDC
bits are fixed cutter bits that use PDC cutters to shear the
formation.
R
Recommended Action: An action that is recommended
by this standard is based on assumed conditions which will
not apply in every case. Recommended actions are offered
solely as a convenience to users of this standard. Users
must always consider local conditions before applying any
recommendations of this standard, then modify the action
if sound engineering judgment dictates.
Refacing: Refacing refers to the repair of seal damage on
a rotary shouldered connection by grinding or cutting the
seal face.
Steel Body: If a bit body is comprised of steel, then it is
described as having a steel body.
Stress Relief Groove (SRG): A Stress Relief Groove
(SRG) can be machined on the pin connection of a BHA
component to reduce stress by removing unused threads
that act as stress concentrators. Stress relief grooves may
have a minor effect on the torsional and tensile capacity of
the pin neck, but are used primarily to increase the fatigue
life of the pin connection.
T
Thread Root: In a connection, the thread root refers to
the area at the base of the thread form. If the threads are
considered projections above a surface, the thread root
would be the part of the surface between adjacent threads.
135
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Through-Bits for Logging: Through-bits are fixed cutter
bits which feature a central through-hole that can be used
to place a logging tool or to pass a logging tool through
the bit.
Tolerance: Tolerance refers to the amount of variation
permitted from the nominal or stated value.
Traceability: Traceability refers to the unique identification of a tool or apparatus in order to provide a link between
a document or reference and the tool or apparatus itself.
136
W
Wear Elements: Wear elements are located in the gauge
pads to absorb wear the bit undergoes.
Acknowledgement
T H Hill extends a special thanks to the Fifth Edition
Sponsor Companies and to Josh Gatell with Schlumberger
and Li Zhaoxi with the Lilin Group for their technical
contributions.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Index
A
Acceptable Component
defined 133
Acceptance Criteria
adjusting 7
BHA connection 110
defined 133
API
defined 133
Apparatus
defined 133
Applicable Methods 5
Assumptions 2
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B
Backreamer
defined 18, 133
rendering 18
Base Metal
defined 16, 133
Bending Strength Ratio
defined 133
for BHA connections 125
Bevel Diameter
defined 133
BHA connection
acceptance criteria table 110
Bi-Center Bits 19
defined 133
rendering 19
Bit Bevel Diameter Ranges 124
Bit Body
erosion 22
reference condition 22
rendering 15, 16, 17
wear 22, 24
Bit Body 1 Inspection 5, 21
acceptance criteria for matrix bit
body 50
acceptance criteria for steel bit
body 67
acceptance criteria for wear and
erosion 71
Bit Body 2 Inspection 5, 23
acceptable wear 88
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
acceptance criteria for diamond bit
body 87
acceptance criteria for matrix bit
body 74
acceptance criteria for sleeve
interface 87
acceptance criteria for steel bit
body 80
Bit leg
rendering 33
Bits
Bi-Center 19, 133
Casing While Drilling 18, 133
Coring 18
Diamond 19, 134
Fixed Cutter 18, 134
inspection 5
Natural Diamond 19, 135
parts of 15
Polycrystalline Diamond Compact
18, 135
Thermally Stable Polycrystalline
19
types of 18
Blacklight Connection Inspection
21, 43
criteria 43
defined 133
equipment 43
procedure 43
Blade
defined 15, 133
rendering 17
Bond Line
defined 16, 133
Boreback Box
defined 133
Bottom Hole Assembly
defined 133
Breaker Slot
defined 16, 133
C
Calibration
defined 133
frequency 9
requirements 8
Casing While Drilling Bits 18
defined 133
rendering 19
Competency
of personnel 7
standard 7
vision requirements 8
Cone
defined 133
Coring Bits 18
defined 133
Crack
defined 133
matrix bit body 23
steel bit body 22, 24
Customer
defined 133
Cutter
condition 25, 27
defined 15
rendering 16
Cutter 1 Inspection 6, 24
acceptance criteria 92
Cutter 2 Inspection 6, 26
acceptance criteria 103
Cutters
defined 133
D
Decimal to fraction 13
Depth of Cut Management Element
defined 15, 134
Diamond Bit Body 24
acceptance criteria 87
Diamond Bits 19
defined 134
rendering 19
Dimensional Bit Connection
Inspection 41
apparatus 41
criteria 41
procedure 41
DS-1
inspection 10
F
Failure
defined 134
137
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
G
Galling
defined 134
Gauge Area
defined 16, 134
Gauge Pad
defined 16, 134
rendering 17
H
Hardbanding 37
Hardfacing
defined 16, 134
Heat Checking
defined 134
History of BITS 1
I
Inspection
apparatus 20, 37, 41, 43
applicable procedures 20
Bit body 1 5, 21
Bit body 2 5, 23
Blacklight 21, 43
costs 7
Cutter 1 6, 24
Cutter 2 6, 26
dimensional 20
Dimensional Bit Connection 41
levels 6
liquid penetrant 21
objectives 6
preparation 20
program 5
Reamer block & arm 1 6
Reamer block & arm 2 6
Roller cone 6
scope 15
Visual Bit Connection 37
Inspection Method
defined 134
Inspection Procedure
defined 134
Inspection Program
defined 134
Inspector
defined 134
J
Junk Slots
defined 15, 134
L
Last Engaged Thread
defined 134
Levels 6
defined 134
Limitations 2
Liquid Penetrant Inspection 21, 44
apparatus 44
application 45
criteria 45
defined 134
examination 45
M
Makeup
defined 135
Makeup Torque
defined 135
Matrix Bit Body 18, 23, 50, 74
Matrix Body
defined 135
May
defined 135
Metric units 6
Milled Tooth Roller Cone
gauge surfaces 107
surface porosity 107
MPI 43
N
Natural Diamond Bits 19
defined 135
NIST
defined 135
Nose
defined 15, 135
Nozzles
defined 16, 135
O
OD
defined 15, 135
OD Area
defined 15
P
Parts of bits 15
Personnel
competency 7
qualification certificates 8
vision requirements 8
Pitting 38
Pockets
defined 15, 135
Polycrystalline Diamond Compact
Bits 18
defined 135
Porosity
steel bit body 22
Pressure Testing of Roller Cone Bits
46
R
Reamer
hinge-type rendering 30
Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection
6, 31
Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection
6, 32
Reamer Cutter Inspection 27
Recommended Action
defined 135
Refacing
defined 135
Rejectable Component
defined 135
Required Action
defined 135
Roller Cone
bit leg rendering 33
bit types 34
cutting structure acceptance
criteria 105
inspection 6
milled tooth gauge surface 107
pressure testing 46
rotation test 46
138
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Fatigue
defined 134
Fitness for Purpose 7
defined 134
Fixed Cutter Bits 18
defined 134
Fraction to decimal 13
Frequently Asked Questions 10
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection 36
acceptance criteria 89
bit leg 91
Roller Cone Cutter Inspection 36
Roller cone reamer arm
rendering 30
Root Radius
defined 18, 135
Rotary shouldered connection
defined 135
interchange list 131
Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits
46
S
Shall
defined 135
Shank
defined 16, 135
Should
defined 135
Shoulder
defined 15, 135
Sleeve Interface 24, 87
Sponsorship 1
Steel Bit Body 18, 22, 24, 67, 80
Steel Body
defined 135
Stress Relief Groove
defined 135
T
Thermally Stable Polycrystalline Bits
19
Thread Root
defined 136
Through-bits 18
rendering 19
Through-Bits for Logging
defined 136
Tolerance
defined 136
Traceability
defined 136
V
Vision requirements 8
Visual Bit Connection Inspection
37
acceptance criteria 108
apparatus 37
criteria 37
procedure 37
W
Wear and erosion
of bit body 71
Wear Elements
defined 16, 136
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
139
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
140
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT